Waste Water Management Project

EIA Study Report of Phewa Lake Waste Water Management Project 2019

i

Final

Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA)

of Phewa Lake Waste Water Management Project,

Kaski District, Gandaki Province

Submitted By Prepared By

Federal Water Supply and Sewerage Building Design Authority Management Project (Pokhara) (BDA) Department of Water Supply and Sewerage Management JV Project Management Office ERMC Panipokhari, Kathmandu Kamaladi, Kathmandu

December 2019

Submitted To

Ministry of Forests and Environment Singha Durbar, Kathmandu

Submitted Through

Ministry of Water Supply Singhadurbar, Kathmandu


BDA and ERMC JV


BDA and ERMC JV Page i

sfo{sf/L ;f/f+z

cfof]hgfsf] kl/ro

km]jftfn kmf]xf]/ kfgL Joj:yfkg cfof]hgf -PLWWMP_ ;+3Lo vfg]kfgL tyf 9n Joj:yfkg cfof]hgf – kf]v/f (FWSSMP, Pokhara_ åf/f ;+rflnt cfof]hgf xf] . o; cfof]hgfsf] k|:tfjs vfg]kfgL tyf 9n Joj:yfkg ljefusf] sfof{no /x]sf] 5 . o; cfof]hgfdf kmf]xf]/ kfgLsf]] k|jfx Joj:yfkgåf/f km]jftfnsf] kfgLsf] u'0f:t/ ;'wf/ ug]{ of]hgf ul/Psf] 5 . cfof]hgf If]q u08sL k|b]z cGtu{t sf:sL lhNnfsf] kf]v/f dxfgu/kflnsf j8f g+= ^, & / !& sf] d'Vo zx/L If]qleq kb{5 . km]jf tfn kmf]xf]/ kfgL Joj:yfkg cfof]hgfsf] jftfj/0fLo k|efj d"Nof+sg ug{sf nflu ;+o'Qm ?kdf lalN8Ë l8hfOg cyf]l/6L -k|f=_ lnld6]8 (BDA Pvt. Ltd.) / OGefO/f]d]G6 P08 l/;f];{ Dofg]hd]G6 sG;N6\ofG6 lgo'Qm ul/Psf] 5 .

k|:tfjsf] ;fGble{stf

km]jf tfnsf] kfgLsf] u'0f:t/ lalu|+b} uPsf] tyf kf]v/f ltj| ?kdf ko{6sLo zx/sf] ?kdf ljslzt eO{/x]sf] cj:yfdf 9n lgsf;sf ;+/rgfdf ePsf] sdLnfO{ k"/f u/L km]jftfnnfO{ :jR5 /fVg o; cfof]hgfn] ;fGble{stf kfPsf] 5 .

cfof]hgfsf sfo{x?

o; cfof]hgfsf d'Vo b'O cjojx? /x]sf 5g\ . klxnf] cjojsf] ?kdf ;g\ @)$) sf] cGt ;Ddsf] l8hfO{g cjlwdf k|lt JolQm !#) ln6/ kfgLsf] dfusf] *) k|ltzt sf] b/df cfof]hgf If]qdf a;f]af; ug]{ hg;+Vofåf/f pTkflbt kmf]xf]/ kfgL Joj:yfkg ug{ 9nsf] nfOg l8hfOg ul/Psf] 5 . Ps -!_ ld6/ Jof;sf] s"n %=$& ls=ld= d'Vo nfO{g, clg #) ;]=ld= Jof;sf hDdf @=!$ ls=ld= kfO{k nfO{g x'g] u/L tLgj6f ;xfos kfO{k nfO{g l8hfOg ul/Psf] 5 . bf];|f] sDkf]g]G6sf] ?kdf 9nsf] n]bf]nfO{ k"0f{ ?kdf k|zf]wg ug]{ låtLo :t/sf] k|zf]wg OsfO{ /x]sf] 5 . lkms]{ vf]nf, ;]tL gx/ tyf df};dL jiff{sf] k|jfxaf6 pTkGg ePsf] -;]jf If]qleq_ kmf]xf]/ kfgL ;d]t km]jf kfj/ xfp;sf] glhs k|zf]wg ul/g]5 . k/Dk/fut kmf]x/ kfgL k|zf]wg -af/ :qmLg, lu|6 r]Da/, k|fylds k|zf]wg, PlS6e]6]8 :nh k|f];];, :nh lysg/, Pg/f]las :nh 8fOh]:6/ / :nh 8«fOË a]8_ nfO{ cf};t k|jfxsf] kzf]wg ug{ k|:tfj ul/Psf] 5 . ;fy} pRr k|jfx x'Fbf lu|6 r]Da/ kl5sf] cltl/Qm dfqf Sof:s]8 Pl/P6/df k|;f]wg ul/g]5 .

km]jf tfn kmf]xf]/ kfgL Joj:yfkg cfof]hgf -PLWWMP_ sf] d'Vo 9nsf] ;fy} o;sf] zfvf kfOknfO{gx? km]jf tfnsf] lsgf/fdf cjl:yt u}lx|sf] rf}tf/f -jf8{ gDa/ ^_ af6 z'¿ eO xngrf]ssf] ljBdfg ;8s ;+/rgf k5\ofpFb} tfnjf/fxL, zlxbrf]s, /fi6« a}+s rf]s / km]jf afFw


BDA and ERMC JV Page ii

:yn;Dd k'Ub5 . d'Vo 6«Í 9n l;4fy{ /fhdfu{ kf/ u/]kl5 km]jf kfj/ xfp;sf] glhs -jf8{ gDa/ !&_ k|:tfljt kmf]xf]/ kfgL k|zf]wg ;+oGqdf k'uL ;dfKt x'G5 . d'Vo 9n nueu ^=% ls=ld= nfdf] 5 h'g jf8{ gDa/ ^, & / !& df k5{ . låtLo txsf] 9n g+= !, låtLo txsf] 9n g+= @ / låtLo txsf] 9n g+= # sf 9nx¿ / zfvfx? ;Fu;Fu} d'Vo 9nsf] s'n nDafO ( ls=ld= 5 . k|zf]wg ;+oGqdf z'4 eP kl5sf] kfgL hnljB't u[x :ynsf] tNnf] efudf /x]sf] km';|] vf]nfdf emG8} !!)) ld6/ nfdf] ! ld= Jof; ePsf] s+ls|6 kfOkaf6 lj;h{g x'g]5 .

cfof]hgfsf] p2]Zo

cfof]hgfsf] p2]Zo km]jf tfnsf] k|fs[lts u'0f:t/df ;'wf/ ug{' xf] h;n] kf]v/fsf] ko{6g cy{Joj:yfnfO{ ;'/lIft /fVgdf d2t ug]{5 . cfof]hgfsf ljlzi6 p2]Zodf km]jf tfnsf] glhssf al:tx?af6 kmf]x/ kfgLsf] k|jfx lgoGq0f ug{', ;fy} km]jf tfnsf] tl6o /]vfsf] ;fy–;fy Pp6f 6«+s 9nsf] lgdf{0f ul/ cf;kf;sf] If]qaf6 k|jfx x'g] ;txsf] kfgL Aoa:yfkg ug{', lkms]{ vf]nf, ;]tL gx/ / jiff{sf] kfgLsf] lgsf; ;lxt kmf]x/ kfgL k|zf]wg ug{' /x]sf]5 . jftfj/0fLo cWoogsf] ;fGble{stf / cf}lrTotf

k|:tfljt cfof]hgfdf kmf]x/ kfgLsf nflu 9n k|0ffnL / k|zf]wg ;+oGqsf ;+/rgfx¿ kf]v/fsf] km]jftfnsf] lsgf/fdf /x]sf] l;d;f/ If]q leq / glhssf If]qx?df /x]sf] 5 . t;y{ g]kfn ;/sf/sf] ;fljs jftfj/0f ;+/If0f P]g, @)%# / jftfj/0f ;+/If0f lgodfjnL, @)%$ sf] k|fjwfg / cfjZostf -lgod # sf] k|fjwfg / cg';"rL @ sf] bkmf cM “b]xfosf] If]qdf s'g} k|:tfj sfof{Gjog ug]{ ePdf – ========= @= /fli6«o lgs'~h, jGohGt' cf/If / ;+/If0f If]q . ”====== cg';f/_ kl/k"lt{sf nflu / jftfj/0fLo lbuf]kg lbg jftfj/0fLo k|efj d"NofÍg cWoog cfjZos 5 . cWoog ljlw ;Gbe{ ;fdu|Lsf] k'g/fjnf]sg / l/sf]gf;]G; ;e]{

cfof]hgfaf/] a'emfO / o;sf] jftfj/0fLo rf;f]x? ;Gbe{ ;fdu|Lsf] k'g/fjnf]sg / l/sf]gf;]G;

;e]{df cfwfl/t lyP . cfof]hgf If]qsf] jftfj/0fLo cj:yfnfO{ k|efj kfg]{ lqmofsnfksf] k|s[lt /

If]q kQf nufpg dxTjk"0f{ k|ltj]bgx? lj:t[t OlGhlgol/Ë l8hfOg k|ltj]bg -h'g @)!$_ /

;DefJotf cWoog k|ltj]bg cWoog ul/Psf] lyof] .


BDA and ERMC JV Page iii

If]q lgwf{/0f

jftfj/0f ;+/If0f lgodfjnL -@)%$_ sf] cg';"rL ! / @ sf] cfwf/df l:qmlg+u cEof; ul/Psf]

lyof] . ;f]xL cg';f/ If]q lgwf{/0f k|lta]bg tof/ ul/Psf] lyof] . o;}u/L jftfj/0f ;+/If0f

lgodfjnL -@)%$_ sf] cg';"rL $ cg';f/ jftfj/0fLo k|efj d"NofÍg -EIA_ cWoogsf] lgldQ

sfo{;"rL -ToR_ :jLs[t ePsf] lyof] . jftfj/0fLo k|efj d"Nof+sgsf] nflu :ynut ;j]{If0f / cWoog

cfof]hgf If]qsf] ef}lts, h}ljs / ;fdflhs–cfly{s jftfj/0fsf] cWoog jftfj/0fLo d"Nof+sg ljz]if1sf] g]t[Tjdf hLjlj1, e"j}1flgs, ;fdflhs cy{zf:qL, l;len OlGhlgo/ / cGo ljz]if1x? ;lxtsf] ax'ljwfut cWoog 6f]nLsf] ;xeflutfdf ul/Psf] xf] .

;j]{If0fx? d'Vo ?kdf cfof]hgf If]qsf] ljBdfg cj:yfdf cfwfl/t /x]/ cfwf/e"t hfgsf/L, ;Defljt k|efjx¿sf] klxrfg, ljsNkx?sf] ljZn]if0f / k|efj Go"gLs/0fsf pkfox¿ kQf nufpg s]lG›t lyP . To;} u/L ef}lts jftfj/0fsf] cWoog, e"ue{, e"–pkof]usf] If]qdf cWoog s]lG›t lyof] . h}ljs jftfj/0fsf] cWoog km]jf tfnsf] hlno cj:yf, cfof]hgf If]qsf] jg:klt, :yfgLo ag:klt / hLjhGt'df s]lG›t lyof] . ;fdflhs–cfly{s kIf cGtu{t hg;f+lVosLo cWoog, ;fdflhs k"jf{wf/x? / k|ToIo k|efj If]qleq /x]sf 3/w'l/sf] ;j]{If0fdf s]lG›t lyof] . ldlt @)&%÷)^÷)% sf lbg ;fj{hlgs ;'g'jfO{ sfo{s|d ;+rfng ul/Psf] lyof], / ldlt @)&%÷)(÷!# df kf]v/f dxfgu/kflnsfsf] sfof{noaf6 l;kmfl/zkq k|fKt ePsf] lyof] . ;fj{hlgs k/fdz{ / ;/f]sf/jfnfx?sf] ;xeflutf ;du| jftfj/0fLo k|efj d"NofÍg cWoogsf] Ps dxTjk"0f{ k|lqmof /x]sf] 5 / o;nfO{ cfof]hgfsf] lgdf{0f tyf ;~rfng r/0fsf] s|ddf klg Ps cleGg k|lqmofsf] ¿kdf l;kmfl/; ul/Psf]5 . ljBdfg jftfj/0fLo cj:yf ef}lts jftfj/0f cfof]hgf If]qsf] pm+rfO{ ;d'lGb| ;txaf6 *@& ld6/ b]lv !&$) ld6/ ;Dd 5 . kf]v/f ;]tL gbLsf] ;]l8d]G6n] el/Psf] kxf8ÞL ljz]iftf ePsf] Ps kxf8ÞL j:tL xf] . o; zx/df udL{df -h"g, cui6_ clwstd tfks|d #@ l8u|L ;]lN;o; / hf8f]df -hgj/L, km]a|'j/L_ Go"gtd ^ l8u|L ;]lN;o;sf] aLrdf -6«f]lksn dWod tfkqmd_ /xG5 . kf]v/fdf jflif{s #@)) ld=ld= b]lv $&)) ld=ld= sf] aLr jiff{ x'G5 / nueu *)Ü jiff{ dg;'g -h"gb]lv ;]K6]Da/;Dd_ sf] rf/ dlxgfsf] ;dofjlw d} x'G5 . nueu !=(Ü sf] pRr k|fs[lts ;txL :nf]ksf sf/0f, / ;txsf] df6f]sf] pRr l5›tfsf] sf/0f kf]v/f dxfgu/ If]qsf] hdLgsf] ;txdf af9L jf kfgL hDg kfpFb}g . o; If]qsf] ef}uf]lns pTklQ cGgk"0f{ kj{t >[ª\vnfsf] lxdglbsf] ljikmf]6af6 txtxdf 8]la|; el/P/


BDA and ERMC JV Page iv

ePsf] xf] . ef}uf]lns ¿kdf of] If]q kf]v/f kmd]{;g cGtu{t k5{ h'g l;lN6 l;d]G6]8 / :of08L u|fe]naf6 ag]sf] 5 / Sjf6{\hfO6, l;:6 / u|]gfO6 r§fgx? SofNsfl/o; l;N6sf] sf/0f afFlwP/ /x]sf 5g\ . h}ljs jftfj/0f kf]v/f ;a6«f]lksn a]N6df kb{5 / of] e]u jg:klt / hgfj/x?sf] ljljwtfdf wgL 5 . ;fdfGotM cfof]hgfsf] ;]jf If]qleq /x]sf k|d'v jg:kltx?df plQ;, c+u]/L, k8\s], lrnfpg], vo/, l;dn, nfn'kft], lkkn, j/, ;'Gtnf / afF;sf k|hfltx? /x]sf 5g\ . cf}ifwL hGo tyf xa{n ag:klt klg km]jf tfnsf] rf/}lt/ /x]sf] xl/of] h+undf kfOG5g\ . /ftf]klx/f] ;fd'bflos jg kf]v/f dxfgu/sf] j8f g+= !& leq cjl:yt 5 h'g cfof]hgfsf] k|ToIf k|efj If]q xf] . cfof]hgfsf] j/Lk/Lsf] If]qdf ag la/fnf], efn', rl/ af3, lrt'jf, b'D;L, d';f, Gofp/L, /ftf] afFb/, /t'jf d[u, ;]tf] afFb/, n+u'/ / :ofn h:tf hgfj/x? ;fdGotof kfOG5g\ . To;}ul/ r/fx?df as'Nnf, ag s'v'/f, eFu]/f, Eofs'/, rLn, 9's'/, uf}FynL, lu2, h'/]nL, sfu, sfnrf}8f, sflnh, sf]OnL, nfxfr], nfdk'R5|] / ;'uf h:tf r/fx? cfof]hgf If]q jl/kl/ kfOG5g\ . cfof]hgf If]qdf a'b'gf, 6«fp6, ;x/, sTn], c;nf k|hftLsf df5fx? k|d'v 5g\ . ;fdflhs cfly{s tyf ;f+:s[lts jftfj/0f cfof]hgf ;]jf If]qsf ( j6f j8fx¿sf] s'n hg;+Vof !,#(,!&% -k'?if &),$@( / dlxnf ^*,&$^_ / s'n 3/w'l/ #&,#&% 5g\ . km]jf tfn / o;sf] hnfwf/ If]q jl/k/L /x]sf ^ j6f al:tx?sf] s'n hg;+Vof / 3/w'l/x¿ qmdzM #$,*$( k'?if -!%,&%%_, dlxnf -!(()(_ / *,*^) /x]sf 5g\ . hfthfltsf] ;Gbe{df v; -a|fXd0f, IfqL, 7s'/L_, u'?ª -td'_, ysfnL -d':tfª\sf] n]6], hf]d;f]d, dfkmf{af6 a;fO ;/]sf_ / du/ ;d'bfo k|e'Tjdf /x]sf] 5 . ;DefJo k|efjx? lgdf{0f r/0fsf] ;dodf ;Defljt / ;a}eGbf pNn]vgLo ef}lts k|efjx¿df e"–Ifo / ;txL cl:y/tf /x]sf 5g\ . sfdbf/ lzlj/ ;~rfng x'Fbf kmf]x/ lj;h{g / ;/;kmfO{sf af/]df rf;f] / lrGtf pTkGg x'g ;Sg] b]lvG5 . jfo'sf] u'0f:t/, WjgL k|b'if0f / kfgLsf] u'0f:t/df c;/ x'g ;S5 . oBlk oL :yfgLo / cNksflng k|efjx? x'g\ . lgdf{0f r/0fdf h}ljs k|efjsf] kIf x]bf{ jg:kltsf] Iflt klg Ps k|efjsf] ?kdf b]lvG5 / :yfgLo h+unx¿df klg ;|f]t pkof]usf] rfk a9\g ;S5 . ;fdflhs–cfly{s / ;f+:s[lts kIfdf k|d'v ;Defljt k|efjx¿ dWo] sfdbf/nfO{ cfjZos ;|f]t pkof]usf sf/0f :yfgLo ;fdflhs ;]jfx¿df kg{ ;Sg] rfk, ;fdflhs a]d]nsf] hf]lvd /x]sf


BDA and ERMC JV Page v

5g\ eg] sfdbf/x?sf] Jofj;flos :jf:Yo / ;'/Iffsf] ljifo klg dxTjk"0f{ /x]sf] 5 . oBlk ;f+:s[lts jf wfld{s :yn / :df/sx¿sf] ef}lts jf ;fdflhs–cfly{s kIfx¿df c;/ kg{ ;Sg] s'g} ;d:of 5}g . km]jf tfnsf] lsgf/af6 #) ;]=dL= Jof;sf] kfO{k nfOg la5\ofpg' kg]{, d"n ;8ssf] aLraf6 6«Í nfO{g la5\ofpg' kg]{, ldt]/L kfs{sf] Ps s'gfaf6 kfO{k nfO{g 5f]6f] nDafO{df vGg' kg]{, lkms]{ vf]nfaf6 kfO{knfO{gx? s6fpg' kg]{ / km';|] vf]nfdf k|zf]wg O{sfO{af6 cfpg] kfgL lg:sfzg ug]{ h:tf ls|ofsnfkx? cfof]hgf lgdf{0fsf s|ddf b]lvg] ls|ofsnfkx? x'g\ . cfof]hgf ;~rfngsf] r/0fdf kmf]xf]/ kfgLsf] ck"0f{ k|zf]wgsf sf/0f k|zf]wg ;+oGqsf] If]q eGbf aflx/ b'u{Gwsf] km}nfj6 af/] rf;f] pTkGg x'g ;S5 . o; cfof]hgfsf ;sf/fTds kIfdf /f]huf/sf] ;[hgf, :yfgLox¿sf] ;Lk j[l4, km]jf tfnsf] hnLo l:yltdf ;'wf/, / ko{6s cfsif{0f a9\g uO{ kf]v/f zx/sf hgtfnfO{ cfly{s nfe k'Ug' o; cfof]hgfsf k|d'v nfesf/L k|efj dWo] x'g\ . ;/f]sf/jfnfx?;Fusf] cGt/ls|of÷;fj{hlgs ;'g'jfO{ cWoogsf s|ddf ;/f]sf/jfnfx?;Fu k/fdz{ ul/Psf]] 5 . jftfj/0f ;+/If0f P]g, @)%# tyf jftfj/0f ;+/If0f lgodfjnL, @)%$ -;+zf]wg ;lxt_ df Joj:yf ePsf k|lqmofx? cg'z/0f u/L @)&% ebf} @( ut] ;fj{hlgs ;"rgf k|sflzt ul/Psf] lyof] . :yfgLo ;/f]sf/jfnfx?n] p7fPsf ;jfnx? ;a} k|ltj]bgdf ;dfj]z ul/Psf 5g\ . d:of}bf k|ltj]bg a'emfPkl5 ldlt @)&%÷)^÷)% sf lbg If]qLo cg'udg tyf ;'k/Lj]If0f sfof{no -kf]v/f_ sf] ;efsIfdf ;fj{hlgs ;'g'jfO ul/Psf] lyof] . ;fj{hlgs ;'g'jfO{ sfo{s|ddf $* hgf :yfgLo ljleGg ;/f]sf/jfnfx? tyf k|ltlglwx? / jftfj/0fLo k|efj d"Nof+sg cWoog 6f]nLsf % hgf ;b:o ;lxt hDdf %# hgfsf] ;xeflutf /x]sf] lyof . hg k/fdz{ ug]{ sfo{ jftfj/0fLo k|efj d"Nof+sgsf] k"/} k|lqmofdf lg/Gt/ ul/g]5 / hg k/fdz{ k|ls|ofnfO{ cfof]hgf sfof{Gjogsf] r/0fsf] klg cleGg k|ls|ofsf] ?kdf /flvg]5 . k|:tfjsf] ljsNk cfof]hgfsf] l8hfO{g, ;~rfng ljlw, ;do tflnsf / k|zf]wgsf ljsNksf] ;Gbe{df ljsNkx?sf] ljZn]if0f ul/of] . h; cg';f/ k/Dk/fut k|zf]wg ;+oGq / k|fs[lts Pl/Pzgsf] ldl>t k|0ffnL 5gf}6 eof] . k|zf]wg PsfO{ /xg] :ynsf] 5gf}6 jg:klt / :yfgLo e"–pkof]udf c;/ sd x'g] tj/n] ul/Psf] 5 . lgdf{0f r/0fdf jftfj/0fLo IftL sd xf];\ eGg] x]t'n] >d–;3g xl/t\ lgdf{0f ljlw k|:tfj ul/Psf] 5 . jftfj/0fLo k|efj Go"gLs/0fsf pkfox¿ / jftfj/0fLo Joj:yfkg of]hgf :yfgLox¿sf] kx'Frdf kmfObfx¿ ;'lglZrt\ ug{ k|:tfljt cfof]hgfn] :jf:Yo / :jR5tf, Jofj;flos :jf:Yo / ;'/Iffsf pkfo -OHS_, ;fd'bflos :jf:Yo / ;'/Iff tyf kfgLsf] pkof]u /


BDA and ERMC JV Page vi

o;sf] dxTj -kfgL vr{, art, k'gM k|of]u, kfgL k|b"if0f cflb_ af/] ;j{;fwf/0f hgtfnfO{ / kfOk h8fg, Snf]/Lg];g, kfgL k/LIf0f, kDk dd{t ;+ef/, k|zf]wg ;+oGq ;+rfng / kfgLsf] cfk"lt{ / 9n lgsfzsf nflu ljB'tLo sfo{x? af/] sd{rf/Lx?nfO{ k|fljlws k|lzIf0f] k|bfg ug]{5 . ef}lts k|efjx¿ ;/n / nfut–k|efjsf/L tl/sfn] Go"gLs/0f ul/g]5 . cfjf;Lo jf s]lG›o If]q glhs}sf] ;8s jl/kl/ lgdf{0f :ynx¿df kfgL 5ls{g k|:tfj ul/Psf] 5 . xfjf, kfgL / WjgL :t/sf] lgoldt cg'udg of]hgf th{'df ul/Psf] 5 . WjgL / b'u{Gw km}lng] ;d:of Go"gLs/0f ug{ k|zf]wg ;+oGqsf] jl/k/L xl/t If]]qsf] k|fjwfg x'g]5 . ¿vsf] s6fg 5lng]5 / ckl/xfo{ / ck|Toflzt ?v s6fgsf] cj:yfdf cfof]hgfn] k|lt ?v s6fgsf] !M!) sf] cg'kftdf Ifltk"lt{ j[Iff/f]k0f ul/g]5 . sfdbf/af6 x'g ;Sg] dT:o tyf jg k}bfj/sf] bf]xgdf k"0f{ ?kdf aGb]h nufO{g]5 . sfdbf/ a:g] lzlj/x?sf] plrt :yfg, lgdf{0f ;fdu|Lsf] plrt e08f/0f, SofDk;fO6 / sfo{If]qsf] kmf]xf]/sf] plrt Joj:yfkg / g]kfn ;/sf/sf] dfkb08 cg';/0f ub}{ / plrt dd{t ub}{ pks/0fx¿ / ufl8x?sf] k|of]u ug{ jftfj/0fLo Joj:yfkg of]hgfdf ;dfj]z ul/Psf] 5 . 7]s]bf/sf] 7]Ssf ;Demf}tfdf jftfj/0fLo Joj:yfkg of]hgf ;dfj]z x'g]5 . jftfj/0fLo Joj:yfkg of]hgf sfof{Gjog ug{ 7]s]bf/n] jftfj/0fLo k|efj Go"gLs/0f sfof{Gjog of]hgf tof/L ug]{5 . jftfj/0fLo Joj:yfkg of]hgf sfof{Gjog / lgdf{0f cjlwsf] % jif{;Dd o;sf] cg'udgsf] lgldQ ?= !^,@%),)))÷– k|:tfj ul/Psf] 5 . jftfj/0fLo cg'udg / k/LIf0f cfof]hgf sfof{Gjogsf] r/0fdf a];nfO{g cg'udg, sDKnfoG; cg'udg / k|efj cg'udgsf] of]hgf th{'df ul/Psf] 5 . km]jf tfn kmf]xf]/ kfgL Joj:yfkg cfof]hgf / If]qLo cg'udg tyf ;'kl/j]If0f sfof{no – kf]v/f, 7]s]bf/ / l8hfOg ;'kl/j]If0f k/fdz{bftfsf ;fy} :yfgLo ;/f]sf/jfnfx?n]] cfof]hgfsf] cg'udg lqmofsnfkdf e"ldsf k|bfg ug{' kg]{5 . jftfj/0fLo Joj:yfkg of]hgf cg'?k jftfj/0fLo ;'/Iffsf pkfox? ljz]if ul/ cfof]hgfsf] kfOknfOgx? la5\ofpg] / pko'Qm kmf]xf]/ kfgL] k|zf]wg ;+oGq lgdf{0f;Fu ;DalGwt lqmofsnfksf] cg'udg ul/g]5 . cfof]hgfsf] jftfj/0fLo cg'udgnfO{ ;'lglZrt ug{ jg tyf jftfj/0f dGqfnonfO{ klg k|:tfj ul/Psf] 5 . cfof]hgfsf] jftfj/0fLo kl/If0f lgdf{0f sfo{ ;DkGg ePsf] b'O{ jif{kl5 to ul/Psf] 5 . cfof]hgfsf] jftfj/0fLo cl86sf lglDt ¿= %,*),)))÷– k|:tfj ul/Psf] 5 . lgisif{ km]jf tfnsf] :jR5tfsf] kmfObf tfnsf] hnLo :jf:Yodf dfq l;ldt x'g] 5}g, o;sf] kf/:kl/s kmfObfsf] ?kdf kl/of]hgf If]qsf] ;/;kmfO{ clg ;du| ko{6g / ;fdflhs–cly{s ;'wf/ klg x'g]5 . k|:tfljt cfof]hgf ;+rfngaf6 kg{ ;Sg] gsf/fTds aftfj/0fLo c;/ klxrfg ul/ c;/ Go'gLs/0fsf pko'St pkfo jftfj/0fLo Joj:yfkg of]hgf cGtu{t l8hfOg ul/Psf] 5 . jftfj/0fd}qL tl/sfaf6 plrt tj/n] gsf/fTds k|efj Go"gLs/0fsf pkfox¿sf] ;dod} sfof{Gjog ub}{ o; cfof]hgfsf] sfof{Gjog ul/g]5 .


BDA and ERMC JV Page vii

Executive Summary

Introduction to the Project Phewa Lake Waste Water Management Project (PLWWMP) is being undertaken by Federal Water Supply and Sewerage Management Project (FWSSMP), Pokhara. The proponent of this project is Department of Water Supply and Sewerage Management. The project has been envisioned to improve the water quality of Phewa Lake by managing the waste water and surface dry water flows into the lake. Joint venture of Building Design Authority (P) Ltd. (BDA) and Environment and Resource Management consultant (ERMC) has been appointed to carry out the EIA study of Phewa Lake Waste Water Management Project. The project area is within the Pokhara core city; wards 6, 7 and 17 of Pokhara Metropolitan City, Kaski District in Gandaki Province of Nepal. Rationale The project finds its rationale especially under the present context of degrading water quality in Phewa Lake and lack of city-scale sewerage infrastructure in the rapidly growing touristic city of Pokhara. Project Components The project has two components. First component is a trunk sewer for collecting wastewater from all the area that naturally drains to the Phewa lake. This trunk sewer is thus designed with a capacity to accommodate sanitary wastewater produced by the residing population at the rate of eighty percent of 130 litre per capita water demand by the end of design period 2040. Second component is the secondary level Treatment plant with complete treatment of sludge. Sanitary wastewater generated (within the service area) and dry weather flows from Phirke Khola, Seti Canal and storm-water drainage are treated near Phewa Power House. Conventional wastewater treatment (Bar Screen, Grit Chamber, Primary Sedimentation, Activated Sludge Process, Sludge Thickener, Anaerobic Sludge Digester and Sludge Drying Bed) is proposed to treat the average flow and at peak flow excess quantity after grit chamber will be treated with a cascade aerator naturally. Phewa Lake Waste Water Management Project (PLWWMP) with main Trunk Sewer and its laterals and secondary is located along the shore line of Phewa Lake starting from the Gairiko Chautara (ward number 6), follows the existing road alignment through Hallan Chowk, Tal Barahi Chowk, Sahid Chowk, Rastra Bank Chowk and Phewa Dam Site. After crossing the Siddhartha Highway the main trunk sewer ends at the proposed Wastewater Treatment Plant (ward number 17) near Phewa Power house. The main trunk sewer is about 5.6 km long which


BDA and ERMC JV Page viii

lies in ward number 6, 7 and 17. Together with the secondary 1, 2 and 3 sewers and laterals the total length of trunk sewer is about 9 km. After purifying the waste water at the Treatment Plant, it is discharged to Phusre Khola down to the Power house site. Wards 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 8 and 9 of Pokhara Metropolitan City that are located around Phewa lake on its watershed areas are considered to be responsible for deteriorating water quality of Phewa lake. Objectives of the Project The general objective of the project is to improve the health of Phewa Lake which would ultimately help to preserve the tourism economy of Pokhara. The specific objectives of the project are to control the flow of waste water from settlements near the Phewa lake, and to manage the dry surface water flows from surrounding areas by building a trunk sewer line along the shore line of Phewa Lake; and to treat the waste water including the sanitary wastewater and dry weather flows from Phirke Khola, Seti Canal and stormwater drainage. Rationale of the Study In general, EIA is conducted for Waste Water Management Project. At the same time the proposed project lies within the wetland region (simsar) i.e. along the shore line of Phewa Lake for sewerage network and also includeds waste water treatment plant facilities. Hence, as per statutory requirement adhering to Clause L of Schedule 2 of EPR 1997 (GoN), EIA study is necessary to be conducted for this project. Methodology Literature Review and Reconnaissance visit Literature review and reconnaissance visits were the basis of building the understanding of the project and its environmental concerns. Detail Engineering Design (DED) Report (June 2014), and Feasibility Study Report of the project were the key documents reviewed to determine the nature and scope of activities of the project that influences the environmental conditions of the proposal area. Scoping Screening exercise was carried out in order to fulfill as per the requirement of EPR. The Screening report concluded that the project needs EIA study. Scoping report was also prepared as per the Environment Protection Rules (EPR, 1997 and its amendments). Terms of Reference (ToR) has also been prepared for the EIA study as per the schedule-4 of Environment Protection Regulation (EPR) of 1997 pertaining to Rule 5.


BDA and ERMC JV Page ix

Field Survey and Investigations for EIA Study of physical, biological and socio-economic contexts of the project area was carried out with the involvements of a multi-disciplinary team led by an Environmental Assessment Expert and including Biologist, Geologist, Socio-economist, Civil Engineer, and Waste Management Expert. The field studies were focused on generating baseline information, identifying potential impacts, analyzing alternatives and recognizing mitigation measures based on the actual field conditions. Geology, land-use, hydrology were areas of focus under the physical environmental study. Aquatic status of Phewa Lake, vegetation in project area, sensitive habitats in terms of local wild flora and fauna were the focus under the biological environmental study. Vegetation survey has been carried out along with the fish study. Under the socio-economic aspects, the study focused on demographic aspects, social infrastructures and survey of households falling within the Core Area. Public consultation and participation with the stakeholders has been a key process throughout the EIA study, and it will be recommended as an integral approach also during the construction and operation phases of this project. Existing Environmental Conditions Physical Environment The project area has a gently sloped terrain and has elevation ranging from 827 m to 1740 m. Pokhara valley, filled up mountainous valley by the river sediment of Seti River, is a plain area surrounded by the mountainous features. The city has tropical mild temperature remaining between 32°C in summer (June-August) and a minimum of 6°C in winter (January-February). Annual rainfall in Pokhara ranges between 3200 mm to 4700 mm, and about 80% of rainfall occur during four months from June to September. Due to high natural slope of about 1.9%, higher porosity of the surface soil and flooding or stagnation on sub metropolitan areas of Pokhara does not occur. The region’s geological origin is glacier breaking of Annapurna range and filled up with layers of debris. Geologically, the area falls under Pokhara formation which consists of cemented silty and sandy gravel; along with Quartzite, schist and granite which are tied up due to calcareous silt. Biological Environment The project area, which lies in sub-troipical belt, is rich in flora and fauna. The dominant floral species in and around the project service areas are: Utis (Alnus nepalensis), Angeri (Lyoniao valifolia), Padke (Albizzia chinensis), Chilaune (Schima wallichii), Khair (Acacia catechu) and Simal (Bombax ceiba). Lalupate, Pipal and Bar tree, Banyan tree, Orange tree and Bamboo trees are commonly found in Pokhara. Medicinal and herbal plants are also found in the green forest


BDA and ERMC JV Page x

around Phewa Lake. Pani Uneu (Azolla imbricate), Jalkumbhi (Eichhomia crassipes), Leu (Lemna minor), Narkat (Phragmites karka), Dhaniyajhar (Ceratopteris thalictroides) are the major aquatic plants observed in the project area. Ban Biralo (Felix chaus), Bhalu (Ursus thibetanus), Chari Bagh (Prionailurus bengalensis), Chituwa (Panthera pardus), Dumsi (Erethizon dorsatum), Musa (Rattus rattus), Nyauri (Herpestised wardsi), Rato-Bandar (Macaca mulata), Ratuwa mirga (Muntiacus muntjak), Seto Bandar-langur (Presbytis entellus) and Syal (Canisaureus) are commonly found. Birds like Bakulla (Bubulcus ibis), Ban Kukhura (Gallus gallus), Bhangera (Passer domesticus), Bhyakura (Turdoides spp.), Chil (Aquila heliacal), Dhukur (Streptopelia chinensis), Gaunthali (Apusaffinis), Giddha (Gyps bengalensis), Jureli (Pycnotus cafer), Kaag (Corvus brachyrhynchos), Kalchauda (Myophonus caeruleus), Kalij (Lophuraleu comelanos), Koili (Cuculus canorus), Lahache (Picoides spp.), Lampuchre (Urocissaerythro rhyncha) and Suga (Psittaculacya nocephala) are also found in and around the project area. Socio-economic and Cultural Environment In the project service area, the total population of 9 different wards of PSMC is 1,39,175 (male 70,429 and female 68,746) with 37,375 households. The total population and households in the 6 surrounding settlements around Phewa Lake and within watershed area is 34,849 (male 15,755, female 19,094) and 8860 respectively. Regarding the caste and ethnicity, Khas (Brahmin, Chhetri, Thakuri), Gurung (Tamu), Thakali (migrated from Lete, Jomsom, Marpha of Mustang district) and Magar form the dominant community of Pokhara. Potential Impacts During construction phase the potential and most remarkable physical impacts include potential soil erosion and slope instability. Operation of workforce campsite will also bring some concerns of waste disposal, and sanitary concerns. Concerns of ambient air quality disturbance, noise nuisance and water quality will also be there - though of local and short term in nature. The biological impacts include loss of sparse vegetation, and there may also be resource pressure on local forests. On the socio-economic and cultural front - the major potential impacts are concerns of resource pressure on local social services, risks of social conflicts, and concerns of Occupational Health and Safety (OHS). However, there seems no concern of impacts on physical or socio-economic facets of culturally or religiously important sites or monuments. During the operation phase, concerns may arise due to incomplete treatment of wastewater, and due to some foul odour even beyond the buffer area from the treatment plant. On the positive aspects; the generation of employment; skill enhancement of the locals; improvement in aquatic status of the Phewa Lake; and finally increase in touristic attraction


BDA and ERMC JV Page xi

linking to economic benefits to the people of Pokhara city are among the beneficial impacts of the project. Public Consultations Consultations were carried out with the stakeholders during the study period as well. Complying with the Scoping provision of EPA and EPR, a public notice was published in a national daily and scoping meeting waste conducted. The issues raised by the local stakeholders were all documented, and taken into consideration during the environmental assessment process. After detailed EIA study, a draft EIA report was submitted to the client, and Public Hearing was conducted on 21st September 2019. Public consultation was taken as a continued process through-out the EIA study, and it is recommended that it should be an integral part during project development and implementation phases as well. Alternatives of the Proposal Alternatives in terms of project design approach & schedule, and in treatment options were analyzed, and this lead to selection of mix of conventional treatment system and natural aeration. Site of treatment unit has been selected to minimize impacts on the vegetation and local landuse. Labour Intensive Green Approach has been proposed for construction activities. Mitigation Measures and the Environmental Management Plan (EMP) To ensure that the benefits are well at reach of the locals, the project will provide training and awareness programs in health and sanitation, occupational health and safety measures (OHS), community health and safety and usage of water and its importance (water cost, savings, reuse, recycle, water pollution etc.) to the general public; and Technical training to supervision staff on plumbing, chlorination, water testing, pump maintenance and repair, treatment plant operation and electrical works for water supply and sewerage projects. Physical impacts will be mitigated with simple and cost effective methods. Water sprinkling is proposed at active construction sites along the roadsides near residential or core areas. Regular monitoring of air, water and noise levels is planned. There will be provision of buffer zone around the treatment plant in order to diffuse and refuse noise and smell nuisance. Tree felling will be avoided, and under unavoidable case which is unforeseen as of now, the project will conduct compensatory plantation at the ratio of 1:10 per tree cut. Fishing and extraction of forest timber by the workforce will be prohibited throughout the project phase. Proper location of workforce campsites, proper storage of construction materials, proper management of waste from campsites and work-fronts, and use of vehicles and equipments complying with GoN standards with proper maintenance are included in the EMP of the project. The contractor will be require to prepare an Environmental Mitigations Execution Plan (EMEP) for implementation of this EMP, and the EMP will be included in the contract document of the contractor. Estimated NRs 16,250,000 has been proposed for EMP implementation and its monitoring for 5 years of project implementation period.


BDA and ERMC JV Page xii

Environmental Monitoring and Auditing Baseline monitoring, Compliance monitoring and Impact monitoring have been planned for the project implementation phase. Phewa Lake Waste Water Management Project/Federal Water Supply and Sewerage Management Project - Pokhara, Contractor, and Design Supervision Consultant along with local stakeholders will provide role in monitoring of the project activities. Environmental Safeguards as per EMP will be monitored especially in relation to project activities under proper laying of the pipelines, and proper construction of the treatment plant. Ministry of Forests and Environment is also proposed to assure the environmental monitoring of the project. Project’s Environmental Audit is scheduled 2 years after the completion of the project construction works. Estimated cost of NRs 580,000 has been proposed for Environmental Auditing of the project. Conclusions The benefits of having cleaner Phewa Lake will not only be limited to aquatic health of the lake, but this will also reciprocate in overall tourism and socio-economy as well as cultural betterment of the project area. The negative impacts are well identified, and its mitigations have been designed under the EMP. Hence, the project will be implementation with timely implementation of proper mitigation measures in environmentally sound manner so that the objectives of the project are met.


BDA and ERMC JV Page xiii

Table of Contents CHAPTER 1: NAME AND ADDRESS OF THE PROPONENT AND INSTITUTION/S PREPARING

THE REPORT 1 1.1 NAME AND ADDRESS OF PROPONENT 1 1.2 NAME AND ADDRESS OF INSTITUTION PREPARING EIA REPORT 1

CHAPTER 2: INTRODUCTION TO THE PROJECT 2 2.1 PROJECT SUMMARY 2 2.2 RELEVANCY OF THE PROJECT 3 2.3 OBJECTIVES OF THE PROJECT 3 2.4 CONTEXT OF THE PROPOSED PROJECT 4 2.5 OBJECTIVES OF EIA 8 2.6 RATIONALE FOR CONDUCTING EIA 8 2.7 EIA STUDY TEAM 8

CHAPTER 3: DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE PROPOSED PROJECT 9 3.1 PROJECT LOCATION AND ACCESSIBILITY 9 3.2 SALIENT FEATURES OF THE PROJECT 9 3.3 PROJECT COMPONENTS 11 3.4 PROJECT SETTING AND DELINEATION OF THE PROJECT AREA 21 3.5 RELEVANCY OF THE PROPOSED PROJECT 23 3.6 PROJECT COST 23 3.7 REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROJECT 24 3.8 PROJECT ACTIVITIES AND ACTIONS 24 3.9 PROJECT APPROACH AND CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES 25

CHAPTER 4. EIA APPROACH AND METHODOLOGY 26 4.1 DESK STUDY/LITERATURE REVIEW AND RECONNAISSANCE VISIT 26 4.2 EIA SCREENING, SCOPING, AND PREPARATION OF TERMS OF REFERENCE 26 4.3 FIELD SURVEY AND INVESTIGATIONS FOR EIA 27

4.3.1 Physical and Chemical Environment ................................................................................................. 27 4.3.2 Biological Environment ..................................................................................................................... 29 4.3.3 Socio-economic and Cultural Environment ....................................................................................... 30

4.4 DATABASE PREPARATION, ANALYSIS, PREDICTION AND ASSESSMENT OF IMPACT 32 4.5 DATA ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION 32 4.6 IMPACT IDENTIFICATION, PREDICTION AND ASSESSMENT/EVALUATION METHOD 32 4.8 PREPARATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN AND MONITORING PLAN 34 4.9 PUBLIC NOTICE, PUBLIC HEARING AND STAKEHOLDERS CONSULTATIONS 34

CHAPTER 5: EXISTING ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 36 5.1 PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT 36 5.2 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT 43 5.3 SOCIO-ECONOMIC AND CULTURAL ENVIRONMENT 48

5.3.1 Demography ............................................................................................................................... 48 5.3.2 Caste and Ethnicity ..................................................................................................................... 51 5.3.3 Language .................................................................................................................................... 51 5.3.4 Education .................................................................................................................................... 52 5.3.5 Economic Features ..................................................................................................................... 53 5.3.6 Water Supply, Public Health, and Sanitation ............................................................................. 55 5.3.7 Cultural Aspects ......................................................................................................................... 56

5.4 STRETCH-WISE DETAILS OF ENVIRONMENTAL SITUATION ALONG SEWER ALIGNMENT 57


BDA and ERMC JV Page xiv

CHAPTER 6. IMPACT IDENTIFICAATION, PREDICTION AND EVALUATION 58 CONSULTATIONS AND PUBLIC HEARING 72 CHAPTER 7. ALTERNATIVES OF THE PROPOSAL 74 CHAPTER 8. BENEFIT AUGMENTATION AND MITIGATION MEASURES 77 CHAPTER 9. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 86 CHAPTER 10. REVIEW OF POLICIES AND REGULATORY FRAMEWORKS 94 CHAPTER 11. ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING AND AUDITING 109 CHAPTER 12. CONCLUSIONS 129 List of Annexes Annex 1: Approval of Scoping Document & ToR; and Approved ToR Suggestions Incorporation Matrix for Approval Letter of SD/ToR Annex 2: Project Alignment and Components Annex 3: Geological Maps of Project Area Annex 4: Water Quality Analysis Reports Annex 5: Public Hearing Notice, and Public Hearing Annex 6: Recommendation Letter from Municipality Annex 7: Environmental Study Checklists & List of Flora and Fauna Annex 8: Questionnaire, & Sample of filled ones Annex 9: Spoil Management Plan (framework) Annex 10: Traffic Management Plan (Sample) Annex 11: OHS Plan (framework) Annex 12: Declaration sheets of EIA Study Team Members Annex 13: Photographs Annex 14: Comment Incorporation Matrix


BDA and ERMC JV Page xv

List of Tables Table 1: Inflow to Phewa Lake ..................................................................................................................... 4 Table 2: EIA Study Team ............................................................................................................................. 8 Table 3: Salient Features of the Project ........................................................................................................ 9 Table 4: Particulars of the places from where the main trunk sewer line passes ........................................ 15 Table 5: Core Area and Surrounding Area ................................................................................................. 21 Table 6: Details of Project Cost .................................................................................................................. 23 Table 7: Type of Machine ........................................................................................................................... 25 Table 8: Land Use area of Pokhara Valley ................................................................................................. 37 Table 9: Results of the basic physio-chemical parameter’s analysis of ...................................................... 40 Phewa Lake, Phirke Khola and Phusre Khola in Pokhara .......................................................................... 40 Table 10: Noise Quality at project sites, Pokhara ....................................................................................... 41 Table 11: Households by type of toilet in Metropolitan City ..................................................................... 42 Table 12: Waste Management of former Pokhara Lekhnath Metropolitan City ......................................... 42 Table 13: Tree species and their number; dbh, height & proposed treatment throughout the project area 47 Table 14: Species of fish found in the Phewa Lake .................................................................................... 47 Table 15: Ward wise number of households and population in service area .............................................. 48 Table 16: Population growth trends in former Pokhara Metropolitan City ................................................ 49 Table 17: Ward wise population and growth rate in service area ............................................................... 49 Table 18: Population Growth Trends .......................................................................................................... 50 Table 19: Ward wise Population Projection in Service Area ...................................................................... 50 Table 20: Ward-wise Population Density of the Service Area ................................................................... 51 Table 21: Language spoken in project area ................................................................................................ 52 Table 22: Population aged 5 years and above by educational level and sex ............................................... 52 Table 23: Important Tourism Related Economic Activities in Pokhara ..................................................... 53 Table 24: Number of tourist arrival and their average length of stay in Nepal .......................................... 53 Table 25: House/housing unit by Ownership the Project Area ................................................................... 54 Table 26: Households by foundation of house/housing unit ...................................................................... 55 Table 27: Households by Main Source of Drinking Water ......................................................................... 56 Table 28: Environmental & Social conditions in different sewer stretches & Environmental Sensitivities

.................................................................................................................................................... 57 Table 29: Estimation of spoil volume from excavation of sewer pipeline networks .................................. 62 Table 30: Typical Noise emissions from construction equipments ............................................................ 62 Table 31: List of land parcels to be acquired and the name of owners ....................................................... 67 Table 32: Evaluaion of the Impacts ............................................................................................................ 67 Table 33: Residual Impacts ......................................................................................................................... 71 Table 34: Comparative Analysis of different treatment options ................................................................. 75 Table 35: Environmental Management Plan (EMP) Matrix ....................................................................... 87 Table 36: National Ambient Air Quality Standards for Nepal ................................................................. 102 Table 37: Recommended Noise Exposure Limits for the Work Environment ......................................... 102 Table 38: Recommended Average Equivalent Sound Levels for ............................................................. 103

Protecting the Public Health and Welfare................................................................................. 103 Table 39: Recommended Standards for Vibration from Construction Sites ............................................. 103 Table 40: Recommended Limits for Road Traffic Vibration .................................................................... 104 Table 41: National Drinking Water Quality Standards 2062 B.S ............................................................. 104 Table 42: Tolerance limits for wastewater to be discharged (generic standards) ..................................... 105 Table 43: Environmental Monitoring Plan ............................................................................................... 110 Table 44: Institutional/Organizational Responsibilities in Environmental Monitoring ............................ 119 Table 45: Environmental Management and Monitoring Costs ................................................................. 123 Table 46: Environmental Audit Plan ........................................................................................................ 123 Table 47: Cost breakdown for Environmental Auditing ........................................................................... 128


BDA and ERMC JV Page xvi

List of Figures Figure 1(a): Project Layout Map ................................................................................................................... 6 Figure 1(b): Catchment Area and Sewer Alignment..................................................................................... 7 Figure 2: Gairiko Chautari to Hallan Chowk stretch .................................................................................. 11 Figure 3: Hallan Chowk to Talbarahi Chowk stretch ................................................................................. 12 Figure 4: Talbarahi Chowk to Miteri Park and Rastra Bank stretch ........................................................... 13 Figure 5: The end stretch and the treatment plant location ......................................................................... 14 Figure 6: Schematic Diagram of Wastewater Treatment Plant ................................................................... 19 Figure 7: Design Layout of Waste Water Treatment Plant ........................................................................ 20 Figure 8: Core Area and Surrounding Area of the Project .......................................................................... 22 Figure 9: Engineering and Environmental Geological Map of the Project area (Source: DMG, 1998) ..... 39 Figure 10: Code of Conduct (sample) for the workforce ............................................................................ 82 Figure 11: Grievance Redress Committee (GRC) .................................................................................... 121 Figure 12: Working Modality of Grievance Redress Committee (GRC) ................................................. 122


BDA and ERMC JV Page xvii

Acronyms/Abbreviations

ASP: Activated Sludge Process BAF: Bio-Aerated Filters BOD: Biochemical Oxygen Demand CBOs: Community Based Organizations CBS: Central Bureau of Statistics CDS: Continuous Deflective Separator COD: Chemical Oxygen Demand DCC: District Coordination Committee DSC: Design and Supervision Consultant DWEC: District Wage and Employment Committee DWSSM: Department of Water Supply and Sewerage Management EIA: Environmental Impact Assessment EMEP: Environment Mitigations Execution Plan EMP: Environment Management Plan EPA: Environment Protection Act EPR: Environment Protection Rules FWSSMP: Federal Water Supply and Sewerage Management Project (Pokhara) GoN: Government of Nepal GRC: Grievance Redress Committee IEC: Information, Education and Communication IFC: International Finance Corporation MCT: Main Central Thrust MBT: Main Boundary Thrust MDG: Millennium Development Goals MoFE: Ministry of Forests and Environment MoWS: Ministry of Water Supply NAAQS: National Ambient Air Quality Standard NDWQS: National Drinking Water Quality Standard NGO: Non Governmental Organization NTFP: Non-Timber Forest Products OHS: Occupational Health and Safety PMC: Pokhara Metropolitan City PPE: Personal Protective Equipment PLWWMP: Phewa Lake Waste Water Management Project RMSO: Regional Monitoring and Supervision Office SBR: Sequential Batch Reactor SD: Scoping Document SDG: Sustainable Development Goals SPS: Safegurads Policy Statement ToR: Terms of Reference WHO: World Health Organization WSP: Waste Stabilization Pond WWTP: Waste Water Treatment Plant


BDA and ERMC JV Page xviii


BDA and ERMC JV Page 1

CHAPTER 1: Name and Address of the Proponent and Institution/s Preparing the Report

1.1 Name and Address of Proponent The Phewa Lake Waste Water Management Project (PLWWMP), with its office at Pokhara and with responsibility for the financial agreement and execution of construction works of PLWWMP components, is the Project Proponent. As stipulated in EPR under Chapter 2, Rule 4, PLWWMP thus bears the responsibility for submitting the document.

Phewa Lake Waste Water Management Project (PLWWMP), Federal Water Supply and Sewerage Management Project (FWSSMP) - Pokhara, (previously ‘Regional Monitoring and Supervision Office, Kaski’), Department of Water Supply and Sewerage Management (DWSSM), Pokhara, Kaski, Gandaki Province. Phone No. 061-463086, 061-464307 Fax: 061-464548

1.2 Name and Address of Institution preparing EIA Report Joint venture of Building Design Authority (Pvt) Ltd. (BDA) and Environment and Resource Management consultant (ERMC) has been appointed to carry out the EIA study of Phewa Lake Waste Water Management Project. It has also been entrusted with the task of the Detailed Engineering Design of the proposed project. The name of consulting firm preparing the document is as follows;

Building Design Authority Pvt. Ltd. (BDA) JV Environment and Resource Management Consultant (ERMC) Kamaladi, Kathmandu Telephone: 4227393, 4248200, 4247706 Email: [email protected]



CHAPTER 2: INTRODUCTION TO THE PROJECT 2.1 Project Summary Phewa Lake lies in the heart of Pokhara valley in Pokhara Metropolitan City in Kaski district, Gandaki Province. It is a stream fed lake and is regulated by a dam and has a mean depth of 8.6 m with a surface water area of 4.4 km². Phewa lake watershed area spreads over previous six Village Development Committees (VDCs) namely Sarangkot, Kaskikot, Dhikur Pokhari, Bhadaure Tamangi, Chapakot, and Pumdi Bhumdi, and the previous Pokhara Sub-Metropolitan City (PSMC). The then VDCs and PSMC merged and formed as Pokhara Metropolitan City. Now, Pokhara Metropolitan City (PMC) has been formed after merging Lekhnath with Pokhara along with Mauja, Chapakot, Bhadaure Tamagi, Kaskikot Majhthana, Kalika and Puranchaur VDCs. The wards in which the project components and service area lie are not changed, while the other wards and VDCs are merged. This report concerns of the wards 6, 7 and 17, and wards 2, 3, 4, 5, 8 and 9 as the project areas - the boundary of which is not changed with respect to the previous situation (Figure 8). The surface area of Phewa Lake and the lake water quality has been deteriorating for the last couple of decades with the growth of population and tourism industry. The main factors for the reduction of Phewa Lake water and for the deterioration of its water quality have been identified as follows;

• Degradation of watershed area due to conversion of wetland located at the upper catchment upstream of lake into pasture land and grazing field which has led to increase in sediment and nutrient loads to the Phewa Lake.

• Inadequate or lack of sanitary infrastructures and poor management of solid and liquid wastes (sewerage) which is directly drained to Phewa Lake.

• Continuous encroachment of Phewa Lake - as the lake water area of 10 sq. km before 2017 BS had shrunken to 4.43 km by the year 2065 BS.

Tall concrete buildings around the Phewa Lake have reduced its beauty to a large extent. People still wash clothes at its bank; by stealing the eyes, hoteliers and restaurant owners don’t mind throwing rubbish into the lake. As a result, the lake is being polluted from all sides. Over the last two decades or so, regular silt and garbage depositing at the bottom of the lake has reduced its depth considerably. On top, hyacinths have only added more woes to Phewa Lake, making things only bad to worse. These obnoxious weeds do spread rapidly and cover a larger area in no time. These types of human activities aided in an increase in the waste water in the area which provides us with huge problem in management. Therefore, the proposed Phewa Lake Wastewater



Management Project especially helps in managing waste water in the area for keeping the beauty of the lake in its natural condition. Another factor deteriorating water quality of Phewa lake is the direct incoming of storm water in the absence of storm water drainage facility and also discharging all the wastes brought by Seti canal and Phirke Khola. Thus the implementation of the proposed Phewa Lake Waste Water Management Project (PLWWMP) with trunk sewer collecting waste water from the areas before entering to the lake and waste water treatment plant with complete treatment of sludge will definitely prevent the solid and liquid wastes as well as storm water discharging into Phewa Lake and thus improving the water quality of Phewa Lake. In order to improve the situation, a number of studies have been undertaken. The proposed Phewa Lake Waste Water Management Project is a step in this direction. This project is aimed to address the deteriorating condition of Phewa Lake water quality and will prevent waste water from discharging into the lake. 2.2 Relevancy of the Project Phewa Lake water has been deteriorating since many years with the growth of population, hotels, bars and restaurants and other industries. Mainly two factors for the deterioration of lake water quality are as follows:

i) Degradation of watershed area in the upper catchment of Phewa Lake i.e. conversion of wetland into pasture land and grazing field leading to more sediment and nutrient loads to Phewa Lake

ii) Inadequate or absence of sanitary sewers/infrastructures in Pokhara city discharging all the solid and liquid wastes directly to the lake

Moreover, storm water drainage, dry weather flows of Seti canal and Phirke Khola bring all the wastes and drain to Phewa Lake. Thus the Phewa lake water will eventually turn into an island within a few decades if proper attention is not given in time to save the beauty of the Phewa Lake. In order to improve the water quality of Phewa Lake and also to preserve the tourism economy of Pokhara and the country as a whole, implementation of the proposed project is of utmost necessity and relevency.

2.3 Objectives of the Project The project objectives are mainly the following;

a) To improve waste water management in some of the parts of Pokhara Metropolitan City b) To improve the quality of Phewa Lake water.

Phewa Lake is one of the most popular and beautiful tourist destinations in Pokhara and its importance in the local tourism economy cannot be underestimated. As Phewa Lake water quality has been deteriorating for last couple of decades with the growth of population, degradation of watershed area in the upper catchment of Phewa Lake and with the increase of houses, hotels, shops etc and of course tourism industry, the proposed wastewater management project will certainly address in fulfilling the above mentioned objectives i.e. to improve the



health, i.e. water quality, of Phewa Lake and safeguard the public health of the people living nearby and tourists visiting Pokhara and Lake-side area. 2.4 Context of the Proposed Project Inflow to Phewa Lake from different streams, Seti canal and forest area has been studied. Regarding hydrology, the streams that flow in the project area and also the discharges of the kholas (streams) that are drained into Phewa Lake directly are provided in Table 1 below;

Table 1: Inflow to Phewa Lake

Inflow Sources Discharge (Liters/s) Harpan Khola 6150 Sedi Khola 1040 Seti Canal 170 Phirke Khola 220 From forest area 800

Source: Detailed Engineering Design Report, PLWWMP, 2014 This wastewater management project aims to build a trunk sewer along the shore line of the Phewa Lake. The starting point of sewer trunk main is located in between Gairiko Chautara and Halan chowk of ward number 6 on the north of Phewa Lake whereas the Wastewater Treatment Plant (WWTP) lies in ward number 17 on the southern part of Pokhara valley near Phewa Power-house. The project alignment is shown in Figure 1 (a). The catchment area of the project together with the sewer alignment is presented in Figure 1 (b). Trunk sewer will have a capacity to accommodate sanitary sewage from one-third areas of Pokhara city which is drained directly to Phewa Lake, whereas two-third areas of Pokhara city the sanitary sewages are drained to Seti River and Bijayapur khola. Whereas dry weather flows of Seti Canal (recently Seti canal flow is stopped to drain into the Phewa lake) and Phirke khola are drained to Phewa Lake. The project especially facilitates lake side residents and hotels in managing their sewerage that are facing bigger challenge due to their close proximity to the lake water and higher water consumption. Project will also contribute in reducing organic and nutrient loads carried by storm-water drainage, Seti Canal and Phirke khola. The project is designed with two components. The first component is a trunk sewer for collecting wastewater from all the areas that naturally drains to the Phewa Lake. This trunk sewer is thus designed with a capacity to accommodate sanitary wastewater produced by the residing population at the rate of eighty percent of 130 litre per capita water demand by the end of design period 2040. At present, some fraction of that wastewater is carried by storm-water drainage, Seti Canal and Phirke Khola. All flows that are diverted may not come to the proposed trunk sewer until sewerage network is constructed in service area or the present storm-water drainage is turned into the sanitary sewer. Among the two possibilities first one takes time to be delivered. Till the time required developing new sewerage network, wastewater will be discharged in the same way as it is now. Based on this assumption, project aims to divert dry weather flows in storm-water drainages, Seti Canal and Phirke Khola into the trunk sewer. Diversion of storm-water drainages and Seti Canal do not increase the quantity of wastewater because that component of wastewater is already a part of quantity calculation. Only difference is that once



the new network is developed there will be no need to keep diverting those flows. Phirke diversion is provisioned for both to collect wastewater diverted to Phirke in absence of sewer network and dry weather flow which is contaminated heavily due to unmanaged solid waste disposal into the drains. The quantity proportioned due to solid waste could only be discontinued once the city is able to manage the solid waste properly. Second component is the Secondary Level Treatment plant with complete treatment of sludge. Sanitary wastewater generated (within the service area) and dry weather flows from Phirke Khola, Seti Canal and storm-water drainage are treated near Phewa Power House. Conventional wastewater treatment (Bar Screen, Grit Chamber, Primary Sedimentation, Activated Sludge Process, Sludge Thickener, Anaerobic Sludge Digester and Sludge Drying Bed) is proposed to treat the average flow, and at peak flow excess quantity after grit chamber will be treated with a cascade aerator naturally. Around 40 m drop is available to construct a cascade type aerator. This will provide significant aeration to purify wastewater before it reaches the Phusre Khola. The schematic diagram of the conventional treatment plant is shown in Figure 6. The details about the sewer trunk main with its secondary and laterals together with the Wastewater Treatment Plant are shown in the figures provided in Annex 2. Phewa Lake is a stream fed reserve pool regulated and semi-natural freshwater that falls on a relative subsidence zone in between the Greater Himalaya and the Mahabharata Range. Administratively, Phewa lake watershed area is spread over, partially or fully, the jurisdiction of the then six Village Development Committees (Sarangkot, Kaskikot, Dhikur Pokhari, Bhadaure Tamagi, Chapakot and Pumdi Bhumdi) and the south western part of the then Pokhara Sub-Metropolitan City under Kaski district. Phewa Lake Waste Water Management Project (PLWWMP) with main Trunk Sewer and its laterals and secondary is located along the shore line of Phewa Lake starting near to Gairiko Chautara (ward number. 6), follows the existing road alignment through Hallan Chowk, Tal Baraha Chowk, Sahid Chowk, Rastra Bank Chowk and Phewa Dam site. After crossing the Siddhartha Highway the main trunk sewer ends at the proposed Wastewater Treatment Plant site which is located in Ward number 17 of PMC near Phewa Power house. The main trunk sewer is about 5.6 km long which lies in wards 6 and 17. Together with the secondary 1, 2 and 3 sewers and laterals the total length of trunk sewer is about 9 km. After purifying the wastewater at the Treatment Plant, the effluent is discharged to Phusre Khola through 1.1 km long pipe. As the main sewer trunk of the project starts from the northern shore line of Phewa Lake in between Gairiko Chautara and Halan chowk following the road alignment and Phewa Lake border, the land acquisition requirement will be minimal. Whereas in between Halan Chowk, Sahid Chowk and Rastra Bank Chowk, many hotels, restaurants, guest houses, government offices and residential houses are there. Due to their close proximity to Phewa Lake water, people are facing difficulties in managing sewerage problems. Implementation of the Phewa Lake Waste Water Management Project will certainly facilitate lakeside residents, hotels, restaurants and lodges in managing their sewer problems.



Figure 1 (a): Project Layout Map



Figure 1 (b): Catchment area and sewer alignment



2.5 Objectives of EIA The general objective of the EIA study is to prepare an Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Report in order to implement the proposed Phewa Lake Waste Water Management Project in an environmentally sound manner. The specific objectives of this EIA are:

i. To identify the potential environmental impacts on physical, biological, socio-economic and cultural resources, resulting from the location, design and construction of project structures & associated facilities in the Project area.

ii. To analyze and determine the potential adverse and positive impacts of the project in terms of direct and indirect impacts including their extent and duration in project areas.

iii. To propose the suitable mitigation measures for minimizing the potential negative environmental impacts and thereby to augment the positive ones to improve overall performance of the project.

iv. To receive public feedback for safeguarding the natural environmental with least negative impact on its natural entities and also to adequately assess the community requirements on socio-economy and cultural aspects in project areas.

v. To determine the potentials for the improvements to natural resources, environmental management and socio-economic benefits to the communities in the project areas.

vi. To prepare EIA report as per EPR, 1997.

2.6 Rationale for Conducting EIA The proposed project has sewerage network and waste water treatment plant facilities within the shore line of Phewa Lake which is categorized under wetland area (simsar). Based on the GoN statutory requirements adhering to Clause L of Schedule 2 of EPR 1997, EIA study is necessary to be conducted pertaining to Rule 3 of EPR, 1997. 2.7 EIA Study Team

Table 2: EIA Study Team

Study Team Qualification Position Yogesh Shakya Navaraj Pokharel

M.Sc. (Environmental Management) M.Sc. (Environmental Science)

Team Leader/EIA Study Team Leader (up to Scoping Stage)

Dr. Bhupendra Kumar Aryal Ph. D., Technical Science Engineer Indra Paudel B.E. Civil Study Member (Physical Environment) Dipendra Pokharel M.A. (Sociology) Socio-economist Krishna Prasad Pandey M.Sc. (Environmental Science & Ecology) Study Member (Biological Environment) Nima Bhatta M.Sc. (Environmental Management) Study Member (Environmentalist) Lochan Bhattarai B.E. (Civil) Study Member (Engneer) Saroj Ghimire M.Sc. (Environmental Management) Study Member (Waste Management) Sheela Sharma M.Sc. (Environmental Management) Study Member (Environmentalist)



CHAPTER 3: DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE PROPOSED PROJECT

3.1 Project Location and Accessibility The project location is Pokhara Metropolitan City of Kaski District of Gandaki Province. The project components lie in wards 6, 7 and 17 of the metropolitan city, and the service area extends to wards 2, 3, 4, 5, 8 and 9. Pokhara city which lies 200 kms west from Kathmandu is accessed by road. It is also accessed by roads from many other parts of the country. A domestic airport with air services from Kathmandu is also available. All the project sites do have motorable road access.

3.2 Salient Features of the Project

Table 3: Salient Features of the Project SN Items Description 1 Name of the Project Phewa Lake Waste Water Management Project

Federal Water Supply and Sewerage Management Project (FWSSMP), Pokhara

2 Type Sewerage and Waste Water Treatment Project 3 Study Level Detailed Engineering Design phase 4 Location Area Gairiko Chautara at the North of Phewa Lake,

Halan chowk, Tal Barahi Chowk, Lakeside area, Baidam etc. of wards 6 & 7; and waste water treatment plant near Phewa power house in ward number 17 of Pokhara Metropolitan City

Region Western Region Province Gandaki Province District Kaski Metropolitan City Pokhara Metropolitan City Wards 6, 7 and 17

5 Available Facilities Road Prithivi Raj Marga, Siddhartha Raj Marga and

local roads in the lake side area. Water Supply System Existing, operated By NWSC Storm Drains Partly Existing Sewerage System Very Poor

6 Phewa Lake Characteristics Inflows to Phewa Lake Harpan, Sedi, Phirke, Seti canal, Forests of the

previously named 6 VDCs watershed around the lake

Maximum length 4 km Maximum Width 2 km



SN Items Description Other Characteristics Surface Area : 5.23 km2

Maximum Depth : 24 m Average Depth : 8.6 m Water Volume : 0.46 km3

Beneficial Settlements

All the hotels, bars, restaurants, business centers, residential buildings located along the existing roads and Lake side area.

7 Project Components Collections of wastes from all the areas including the waste carried by Seti canal and Phirke Khola that are still drained directly to the Phewa Lake. After the implementation of the project, no wastes shall be drained to Phewa Lake.

Secondary/Tertiary Lines - not provided, to be built in phases by Metropolitan City/GoN

Conveyance Intercepting Main Trunk Sewer Line Wastewater Treatment and Disposal to Phusre Khola

Waste Water Treatment Plant & final disposal at Phusre Khola

RCC Trunk Main Lines 9120 meters together with Secondary 1, 2 and 3 and laterals

Manholes 294 No. Diversion weirs 2 No. Sewer Inlets 576 No.

Primary and Secondary Treatment Units

Average flow: 0.687 m3/s; Peak flow: 1.374 m3/s

Gravity Sludge Thickner/ Sludge Drying Bed

5226 kg/day; 60 m3/day



3.3 Project Components 3.3.1 Sewer Line System Basically the project has two main components. First is the Main Trunk Sewer that collects waste water from all the areas that naturally drains to Phewa Lake. The Sewerage line consists of Main Trunk Sewer together with the secondary and lateral sewer lines. The total length of the trunk sewer is about 9 km including the length of secondary and laterals. The capacity of the trunk sewer is designed in such a way that it can accommodate sanitary wastewater produced from the hotels, lodges, restaurants and bars, trekking agent offices and other business shops and residential houses as well as all the waste water from the nearby areas located north-east of Phewa lake that naturally drains to the lake. The stretch-wise description of the sewer alignment is presented below; Stretch 1: Gairiko Chautara to Halan Chowk So far the alignment of the Trunk main sewer is concerned, it is proposed along the northern bank of Phewa lake. The main trunk will follow the road alignment. It starts from Gairiko Chautara and the sewer line continues towards the lake side area via Halan Chowk. In between Gairiko chautara and Halan chowk Seti branch canal discharge enters to the main trunk from two different places. Secondary sewer line (Secondary-1) is planned to be laid along the shore of Phewa lake at a lower level.

Figure 2: Gairiko Chautari to Hallan Chowk stretch



In between Gairiko chautara and Tal Barahi chowk in the lake side area there are Secondary-1 sewer designed parallel to main trunk sewer where as Lateral-1, 2 and 3 connecting Secondary-1 and trunk main. Stretch 2: Halan Chowk to Talbarahi Chowk From Halan Chowk, the secondary sewer line goes along the outskirts of Phewa Lake to the Tal Barahi Chowk (Figure 3). Up to Talbarahi Chowk, the secondary sewer line is proposed to be laid at low levels so as to collect the water from the permanent houses, hotels and temporary outlays along the Lake side establishments. Along this stretch also, the main trunk will follow the road alignment. Stretch 3: Talbarahi Chowk to Miteri Park and Rastra Bank Road As the waste water collected will be pumped to main sewer trunk with the help of pumping station placed at Talbaraihi chowk, from here onwards, the Secondary-1 trunk is not needed. The pumping station is required as the alignment change has height difference of around 3.0 meters, and lateral distance of around 75 meters. Thus the main trunk follows the road alignment till Miteri Park. The main trunk crosses Sahidchowk as well. At the junction point of Rastra Bank chowk and Sahid chowk there are Secondary-2 and 3 sewer lines. Secondary sewer line (Secondary-2) from Rastra Bank chowk joins the main trunk. This Secondary-2 line starting from Rastra Bank Chowk crosses Sahid Chowk and Bulaundi Khola (Phirke Khola) before it joins the main trunk line at Miteri Park. Very near to Sahid chowk Bulaundi khola discharges the waste water into the Trunk main.

Figure 3: Hallan Chowk to Talbarahi Chowk stretch



From Miteri Park, the main trunk crosses the Bulandi khola/Phirke khola and enters the compound of Nepal Police (around 150 meters stretch) and meets the main road again. Another secondary sewer line (Secondary-3) is planned along the Rastra Bank road to join the main trunk at the main road after the main trunk crosses the Nepal Police compound (Figure 4).

Figure 4: Talbarahi Chowk to Miteri Park and Rastra Bank stretch



Stretch 4: Rastra Bank Road to Treatment Plant At Pardi chowk, the main trunk line crosses Siddhartha Highway. Only after crossing Siddhartha Highway the main sewer line is aligned towards south following the existing road. The main trunk follows the road alignment along Pardipul chowk, Phewa dam site and Gharipatan to finally reach at the low lying proposed waste water treatment plant which is located around 450 meters south-east of Phewa Power Plant (Figure 5).

Figure 5: The end stretch and the treatment plant location



The table below summarizes the particulars of the point places from where the main trunk sewer line passes;

Table 4: Particulars of the places from where the main trunk sewer line passes

SN Name of Particular

places Approximate distance from the start point of Main Trunk (km)

Approximate Elevation of the places (m)

Remarks

1 Starting point of Sewer Trunk

0.00 Km 802.205 Secondary - 1 sewerage trunk

2 1st Seti Canal discharge point

0.2 Km 803.60

3 2nd discharge point of Seti Canal

0.5 Km 803.94

4 Halan Chowk 0.6 to 0.7 803.94

5 Tal Barahi Chowk 1.06 801.50 Provision for Sump well and pump to discharge the collected wastes from Secondary to Trunk Main

6 Basundhara Park road side

2.14 804.50

7 Phirke Khola discharge point

2.65 803.00 Structure designed to pass the waste

8 Sahid Chowk – Rastra Bank Chowk

2.6 to 2.9 808 Secondary - 2 (L = 319m); Elev - 808 to 802 m Secondary - 3 (L = 206m); Elev - 808 to 804 m

9 Phewa Dam Site 3.2 798

10 Pardi Pulchowk 3.4 797

11 Siddhartha Highway Crossing

3.76 795

12 End of Trunk Main and waste water Treatment Plant

5.667 762.80 Beginning of waste water Treatment plant

13 Phusre Khola Discharge Point

Effluent discharge place Outfall about 1100 m away from Treatment Plant site

Two diversion weirs have been designed. First one is for the diversion of storm water drainages and Seti branch canal which do not increase the quantity of waste water because that component of wastewater is already a part of quantity calculation. Another is Phirke diversion provisioned



for both to collect wastewater diverted to Phirke khola and dry weather flow that being contaminated heavily due to unmanaged solid waste dumping. 3.3.2 Waste Water Treatment System Removal of Nitrogen and Phosphorous Loads Generally, nitrogen and phosphorous loads are removed from waste water with the use of Biological process named Biological Nutrient Removal (BNR) before it is discharged into surface or ground water. In the present case Seti canal alone transports 9.9% of nitrogen load and 9.8% of phosphorous load into Phewa lake and Phirke Khola transports 12.9% of nitrogen load and 12.5% of phosphorous load. With the implementation of the proposed project pollution status of Phewa lake related to nitrogen and phosphorous loads shall be solved to some extent once all the wastes both solid and liquid brought by Seti canal and Phirke Khola and the sanitary wastes of ward number 6 including lake side area would be drained to trunk sewer instead of draining to Phewa lake. Proposed Treatment Plant The objective of the proposed treatment system is to achieve secondary level treatment with the removal of suspended solid and BOD. Effluent after treatment is going to be discharged into Phusre Khola. Considering the capital and operating cost of tertiary level treatment and impact of nutrient on the receiving water body, it has been felt necessary to provide the Conventional Treatment Plant with natural aeration. This has to be done according to the government rules and for following the waste water effluent standard at any time in future. The waste water conveyed to the treatment plant includes both sanitary sewage and dry weather flow diversion from Seti Canal and Phirke Khola. Diverted wastewater from the canal and Phirke khola dilutes the suspended solid and BOD concentration of sewage but increases the total flow. Therefore, the project has proposed to treat the average flow of wastewater through a conventional wastewater treatment plant and treat the difference between peak flow and average flow through natural aeration after pretreatment. The process adopted consists of Grit Chamber, Primary sedimentation unit, aeration tank, secondary clarifier, gravity thickner, anaerobic digester, and sludge drying beds as major sub-components (Figure 6). The details of the components of the proposed WWTP are described as follows; Bar Rack/Trash Rack: Bar rack is provisioned to prevent the entry of the bulky and floating debris like papers, rags, tree leaves/ plastic bags etc so that there is no damage to the pumps and cause choking of the treatment plant. The screening is achieved by placing a screen made out of vertical bars, placed across the wastewater flow. Proposed Bar Rack has 40 number of vertical steel bars of size 10 x 40 mm. Two units of bar racks have been proposed. The dimension of bar rack chamber is 6.30m x 1.43m x 1.385m.



Grit Chamber: Grit chamber of rectangular shape is provided for the removal suspended inorganic particles such as sandy and gritty matter from the waste water. Grit chambers are provided to protect moving mechanical equipment from abrasion and abnormal wear; avoid deposition in pipelines, channels, and conduits; and to reduce frequency of digester cleaning. Separate removal of suspended inorganic solids in grit chamber and suspended organic solids in primary sedimentation tank is necessary due to different nature and mode of disposal of these solids. The sewage flows into this grit chamber horizontally with a constant velocity so that larger and heavier grit particles settle down at the bottom and are removed continuously by scrapers. Two units of grit chamber each having dimensions of 27.5m x 3.0m x 2.0m have been proposed. Primary Sedimentation Tank: Two sets are provided for the removal of fine grits and organic suspended solids. It is circular in shape having 24.0m in diameter and 4.0m depth with a centre cage at the middle of the tank. It is fitted with a rake arm with blades which rotate in a clockwise direction. An effluent pipe of 60 cm diameter is provided in the tank from where the sludge is discharged out. After primary treatment the sewage flows to aeration tank. Aeration Tank: The Aeration tank (together with the settling tank/ clarifier that follows) is at the heart of the treatment system. The bulk of the treatment is provided here, employing microbes/bacteria for the process. The main function of the Aeration tank is to maintain a high population level of microbes. This mixture is called MLSS (Mixed Liquor Suspended Solids). The mixed liquor is passed on to the clarifier tank, where the microbes are made to settle at the bottom. The settled microbes are recycled back to the aeration tank. Thus they are retained for a long period within the system. Aeration unit is one of the main unit of the Activated Sludge Process, the main objective of which is to supply oxygen to the sewage thereby improving the BOD. One stage aeration tank of size 26m x 17m x 5m is provided to enrich the quality of activated sludge. In the aeration tank the mixed liquor is aerated and simultaneously agitated for 4 to 10 hours depending on the degree of purification desired and the strength of the sewage. The aerated mixed liquor is then sent to clarifier. Secondary Clarifier: The purpose and function of the secondary clarifier is to allow settling of biomass solids in the Mixed Liquor (biomass slurry) coming out of the aeration tank, to the bottom of the clarifier, to thicken the settled biomass, in order to produce a thick underflow and to produce clear supernatant water, in the overflow from the clarifier. All those actions occur due to gravity. The thick biomass is recirculated back to the aeration tank. Four units of secondary clarifiers each having diameter of 31.0m and depth of 5.0m have been proposed.



Gravity Thickener: Gravity thickeners are used to reduce the water content in the sludge there by increasing its solid content. These are used to thicken the sludge produced in wastewater treatment prior to sludge digestion. It will help to increase the performance of sludge digester and sludge drying beds. They are normally circular in plan sloping to a central hopper. Two units of gravity thickener each having a diameter of 12.0m and depth of 2.0m with bottom slopes towards the central hoper at 1 in 4 have been proposed. Anaerobic Sludge Digester: The anaerobic digestion of the thickened sludge is carried out in the sludge digester. The sludge digestion is carried out in anaerobic condition, hence, the supply of air should not be carried out. This process degrades a part of organic matter and generates gasses. The BOD, COD, solid content and water content of the sludge is drastically reduced. The level of the digestion depends on the temperature and retention time in the tank. Four units of Anaerobic sludge digester each having a diameter of 16.5m and depth of 4.0m. Sludge Drying Beds: Sludge drying beds consist of a layer of sand, underlain with gravel. Contained within walls with an underdrain system to pick up liquid that percolates through the bed. Wet sludge is discharged onto a bed to a depth of 200-300 mm. It is then left on the bed to allow water to percolate through the bed and evaporate from the surface until the material on the bed has dried sufficiently to allow its removal. The main function is to dewater sludge and, in doing so, they separate solids from liquids. Thirteen units of sludge drying beds each having dimensions of 20.0m x 6.0m have been proposed. Buffer Zone: Adoption of a buffer zone is a standard practice while designing waste water Treatment Plant to minimize odour nuisance, noise, light etc. Accordingly, a buffer zone with plantation of trees within 25 m to 30 m width of land is suggested around the border of the waste treatment plant. It is to be noted that the focus of design of the treatmetn plant is to treat the municipal waste water. Hence, waste from industries will not be directly coming to the system. Hence secondary treatment is enough, and if the municipality needs its upgradation, then later on tertiary treatment can be added into the design of the treatmentn plant.



Figure 6: Schematic Diagram of Wastewater Treatment Plant

Bar rack

Gravity Thickener

Grit Chamber

Primary Sedimentation Tank

Primary sludge

Sludge Drying Beds or Sludge Lagoons

Anaerobic Digester

Disinfection

Secondary Clarifier

Supernatant/Filtrate

Aeration Tank

Phusre Khola

Waste activated sludge



Figure 7: Design Layout of Waste Water Treatment Plant

WWTP Legend 1 - Guard House 2 - Office Building 3 - Laboratory Building 4 - Workshop Building 5 - Generator House 6 - Secondary Clarifier 7 - Aeration Tank 8 - Primary Sedimentation Tank 9 - Grit Chamber 10 - Bar Screen 11 - Gravity Thickner 12 - Anaerobic Digeter 13 - Sludge Drying Bed 14 - Road 15 - Walkway/Foot-trail 16 - Parking Area 17 - Boundary Wall 18 - Entrance Gate 19 - Heavy Equipment Parking Area 20 - Cascade



3.4 Project Setting and Delineation of the Project Area Administratively, Phewa lake watershed area is spread over, partially or fully, the jurisdiction of the then six Village Development Committees (Sarangkot, Kaskikot, Dhikurpokhari, Bhadaure Tamagi, Chapakot and Pumdi Bhumdi) and the south western part of Pokhara Metropolitan City under Kaski district in western region - Gandaki Province of Nepal. The watershed area forms an unique geographical entity and represents the typical characteristics of the mountain environment, and has magnificent conjecture outlook of temperate high mountain in the north and humid sub-tropical climate of terai in a conical unique valley landscape of mid-hill Pokhara. The length and width of its east west oriented watershed is about 17 and 7 km, respectively (Oli 1997), and falls in humid sub-tropical monsoon region. In order to specify the area that would be influenced by the implementation of the project, the area of impact has been categorized into the Core Area and Surrounding Area. Both the project impact areas lie in municipality area of Kaski District of Gandaki Province. Core Area The areas directly affected by the project activities are identified as the Direct-Impact Area. The area bounded by Gairiko Chautara on the north of Phewa Lake,the starting point of Sewer Trunk, Halan Chowk, Lakeside, Baidham area, Rastra Bank Chowk, Phewa Dam Site are on the south east shore of Phewa Lake located in wards 6, 7 and 17 of Pokhara Metropolitan City are identified as Core Area of this project. Similarly the end point of Sewer Trunk where the Waste Water Treatment Plant has been proposed is located in ward number 17 near the Phewa Power house is also denoted as the Core Area of the project. Surrounding Area The area outside of the Core Area such as ward number. 2, 3, 4, 5, 8 & 9 of Pokhara Metropolitan City situated on the western part from the right bank of Seti river could be indirecty affected due to the implementation activities such as mobility of people, equipment, vehicles movement, noise, dust etc are identified as Surrounding Area. Core Area and Surrounding Area are presented in the below table 5;

Table 5: Core Area and Surrounding Area Distirict Municipality Ward numbers. Delineation

Kaski Pokhara Metropolitan City 6, 7 and 17 Core Area Kaski Pokhara Metropolitan City Wards adjacent to DIA

Wards 2, 3, 4, 5, 8 & 9 Surrouding Area



Figure 8: Core Area and Surroundign Area of the Project



3.5 Relevancy of the Proposed Project Pokhara, the city of tourists, has a wastewater disposal as the pressing urban environmental issue, which is going to be solved by the establishment of the proposed WWTP. Improvement of wastewater system is urgently needed because the city is currently suffering from the lack of properly functioning sewerage system. Currently many households discharge their wastewater into the drainage system of city and, which often disposed into the Phewa Lake, and create unhealthy conditions. It has already created nuisance and social problems among the inhabitants. Lack of operational wastewater system facilities has converted the incredible Phewa Lake into a highly polluted watercourse. Congested and crowded roads have brought hardship to travelers and road junctions have become garbage dumping sites. The residents of the town are keen to have an environmentally sound solution to their wastewater disposal problem. The establishment of a sewer network in the town and treatment of wastewater in the proposed WWTP will eliminate the spread of diseases, prevent risks of contamination of the streams within the city, and contribute in the preservation of the quality of the environment. This will improve the health standards of the local people. 3.6 Project Cost The total project cost is NRs. 1522 million. The breakdown of the project cost together with the costs required for sewerage works, waste water treatment plant ,building constructions and other necessary equipment (electro mechanical works / laboratory equipment etc) is presented below;

Table 6: Details of Project Cost SN Particulars Amount Rs. 1 Land procurement 70,000,000.00 2 Sewerage pipe supply and installation 107,193,701.72 3 Diversion weir 5,042,338.52 4 Man holes 56,085,902.86 5 Sewer inlets/pipe co 15,278,296.32 6 Waste water treatment plant including building 247,666,884.99 7 Electro Mechanical/Tubwell+Tank+Pipe Line+ water supply 464,273,745.88 8 OM equipment/Lab equipment 34,500,000.00 9 House connection 114,359,130.00 10 Road improvement / Rehabilitation 84,000,000.00 11 Operation cost for one year 26,200,000.00

Total 1,224,600,000.30 Contingency 10% 122,460,000.00 Sub Total 1,347,060,000.33 VAT 13% 175,117,800.00 Grand Total 1,522,177,800.38

The budget required for buffer space (25 to 30 meters) around the treatment plant, the cost of extension of waste drain pipe (by around 1100 meters and with additional 15 manholes) is expected to be covered under the contingency cost.



3.7 Requirements for the project 3.7.1 Land Requirement The land required for the treatment plant system, and for other purposes including pumping station at Tal Barahi Chowk is 72 ropanis (3.66 ha.). The land to be used is public land as well as cultivated privately owned land. No forest land is required to be acquired. Similarly, around 0.05 hectare of land shall be used for the purpose of Labor camp (with store house and stock pile area) and other construction related activities such as temporary camps. Barren land shall be used for the construction of labor camp and for stock piling. Schematic layout of ASP system is presented in Figure 6.

Table 7: Land Requirement and land type SN Purpose for land to be used Area (ha.) Type of Use Ownership

1 Wastewater treatment plant 3.560 Permanent Private, and public/GoN 2 Pumping station 0.075 Permanent Public/GoN (Nepal Trust) 3 Other temporary facilities 0.025 Temporary Pubic/GoN Total 3.660

Source: Field study, 2018 3.7.2 Construction Materials Aggregates sand, cement, iron rods, bricks and other local as well as non-local materials will be required for the project construction and operation. The materials as aggregates, sand, stone, timber, bricks are considered to be local materials. The locally manufactured products are GI pipes & fittings, HDPE (PE) pipes & fittings, hume pipes, cement and reinforcement bars. There will need of arount 2400 tons of cement, 3500 m3 of sand, 6300 m3 gravel, around 700 tons of tor steel bar and around 9000 m hume pipes of different diameter. The materials as DI pipes and fittings, electro-mechanical equipment including generators, mechanical equipment are considered as imported manufactured products. 3.7.3 Human Resources Unskilled (labor), semi skilled and skilled human resource shall be required for the proposed project. Depending on the expertise, experience and knowledge priority shall be given for the local people for the required human resources. Approximately 9000 man days will be required for the project where 3000 man days will be skilled and semi skilled human resource and 6000 man days will be unskilled manpower for the completion of project. 3.8 Project Activities and Actions The following activities are planned in the Construction Phase; Laying of trunk sewer, Construction of manholes, Preparatory works at the location of the treatment plant and excavation works,



Transportation/storage of construction materials/machinery Transport and disposal of surplus excavated material, and disposal of construction waste, Construction of the structures at treatment plant site (civil works, use of heavy machinery

and vehicles), & Installation of the equipments; Storage of chemicals/fuel, and parking of vehicles Construction of accommodation facilities for the workers (water supply, sewerage, waste

disposal) in the campsite for laborers, and rented rooms for other staff. During construction phase, excavation, filling, leveling, concrete works and electromechanical works will need to be carried out. In Operation Phase, the following activities are planned; Treatment technology/ operation of the equipment for sewerage treatment and effluent

production, Operation of a Pumping Station Operation of equipment for sludge production and treatment (drying beds), Sludge disposal/temporary storage at treatment site, and Effluent discharge.

During Operation Phase, removal and disposal of grit and floating material, effluent discharge, sludge removal and treatment works will need to be carried out. 3.9 Project Approach and Construction Schedules Mechanized methods for specialized works will be used. Labour-intensive methods will be used for other works that can be done manually, including small earthworks, constructing drains and retaining structures etc. Local people will be given priority for employment as per qualifications.

Construction approach: The construction of WWTP will follow a combination of machinery and Labor based Environmentally Friendly and Participatory (LEP) approach by ensuring minimal damage to local environment. Construction technology: Technology employed in construction will be conventional mechanized methods. Construction activities: Activities during construction include civil works, social development, and environmental protection activities. Construction equipments: Equipment like grader, excavator, vibrator, roller, crane, water browser, loader, roller and mixer will be used at construction sites during construction period. Vehicles like trucks will convey the necessary raw materials and equipment to construction site. Construction Scheduling: The project is planned to be constructed within 5 years after the contract award. The construction work will be halted during monsoon season and any other exception event like any natural calamities, or any national political issues. Safety barriers, delineators and safety parapets etc. shall be used. The probable requirement of machines during the construction of the proposed project are Tippers, Excavators Still Rollers, Pneumatic Rollers, Vibratory Still Rollers, Walkers Compactor/Monkey Jumper, Water Tanker/Bowser Premix, and Pavement Paver.



4. EIA Approach and Methodology The EIA study is carried out pertinent to Rule 3 of EPR 1997 and as per Schedule 6 of EPR 1997 as required by the Government of Nepal (GoN). The National EIA Guidelines (1993), NPC/IUCN was referred to carry out the study. Moreover, this study of the proposed project has been carried out by referring approved Terms of Reference (Annex 1).

4.1 Desk Study/Literature Review and Reconnaissance Visit Relevant literatures, documents, maps including plan and policies, acts and rules, guidelines and manuals and other available sources were collected; and intensive desk study was carried out to collect information regarding the project area, project related issues and other important aspects to be covered during the EIA Study.

Topographic maps, land use maps, geological maps, aerial photographs, etc. were collected and reviewed. Detail Engineering Design Report (2014) and Feasibility Study Report of the project were the key documents collected and reviewed to determine the influence in the environmental conditions of the project area. The study was based on the approved Scoping Document and Terms of Reference (ToR) of the project. Similarly published documents pertaining to Environmental Standards, Acts, Regulations, Guidelines and conventions were collected and reviewed. Published literatures of the project area pertaining to biological, social, chemical, physical and cultural environments in the form of maps, and reports etc. were collected from various sources and reviewed to get information on the coverage of the studies and fulfill the data gaps.

4.2 Preparation for Field Study The preparatory works carried out for the field study are as follows; Consultation session with the proponent to have more clarity and details on the project

and to discuss on current field conditions with regards to the potential issues. Preparation of data collection tools included finalization of household survey

questionnaire, key informant interview questionnaire, questionnaires for informal interviews, format for Focus Group Discussion (FGD), and checklists for field study.

Preparatory coordination with the stakeholders was carried out to pre-inform them on the schedule and aspects of the field study. The local authority and stakeholders were pre-informed about the study, its schedule and required coordination from them.



4.3 Field Works and Field Study for EIA Field studies were conducted in project site areas by a multidisciplinary team of experts, which comprised of an environmental expert, biologist, socio-economist, civil engineer, and a waste management expert. During the visits, baseline informations on physical and cultural, chemical, biological, and socio-economic conditions of project’s Core Area and Surrounding Area were collected. The sub-sections below present briefly the various approaches and methodological tools used during the field exploration;

4.3.1 Physical and Chemical Environment Topography, Geology and Land Use: Field investigation has been carried out by the study team for topography, surface geology and geomorphology. Topographical maps and images from Google Earth were also used for the study. Based on the regional geological map prepared by DMG, 1987 and field visit data, distribution of the rocks and soil, rock types and soil types along the project area has been analysed. Distribution and location of construction materials has been identified after survey and documented accordingly. Seismic aspects of the project area were studied using the geological map published by DMG (Engineering and Environmental Geological Map of Pokhara Valley, DHM, 1998) and other seismic records. Collected data includes land use patterns and other information, regarding physical resources of the project area. Besides, the categories of land uses have been described, including areas used for cultivation of crops, grazing areas, hilly and forested areas, industrial and urbanized areas, land ownership, common properties, etc. Land use patterns and geology of the project area, as well as other relevant information has been derived from available topographical maps, site observations, geological mapping, site specific photographs, consultations with local communities and inquiring history of landslides in the area. Also, the probable seismic hazard and its likely impact on physical structures of the project have been assessed. Hydrology: Field investigation was based mainly on site observation. Information and data such as rivers and their systems, morphology, catchment condition including maximum and minimum flow of the river and streams were collected from direct site observation. Precipitation includes rainfall, snowfall, hail, and sleet characteristics. Drainage Basin Characteristics, more likely, has been estimated or measured from maps, field reviews or surveys. The information on climatic and meteorological conditions has been gathered, including available historical and modern data on average annual and monthly temperature and



precipitation. Records of high and low parameters, available information on flood levels and areas of influence has also been compiled (including flood maps where available, identification of areas susceptible to flash floods from runoff, etc.), taking into account various intervals for storm events (for example, 5-year, 20-year, and 100-year storm events). The conclusion has been based on the analysis of potential effects of temperature/rainfall and storm intensity variations, covering present variability and anticipated effects of climate change. Water quality, air quality and noise levels: The data on water quality, air quality and noise levels have also been gathered as baseline information. Samples to identify water quality of major rivers have been collected during field visits. Physio-chemical parameters such as water temperature, pH, Total Dissolved Solids, Ammonia, Nitrate, Phosphorous, Sulphate, Dissolved Oxygen, Biological Oxygen Demand, Coliform (cfu/100ml), Calcium, Sodium, Magnesium, Potassium, Chlorine, Fluoride, Sulphate, Cadmium, Iron, Copper, Mercury, Lead, Hardness, Oil and grease have been measured in laboratory. Air quality was not measured. It has been observed visually and reference of the secondary data of the project site has been taken. Noise level has been measured using noise meter. The noise level records were instantaneous. Other Aspects: The use of barren and agricultural land has been evaluated in the proposed WWTP area. Land area required for temporary and permanent acquisition has been estimated. The possible locations for establishment of labour campsites have been identified and have been described with presentation of environmental management procedure. The project will not operate its own quarry site. The amount of required construction material has been designed with estimated amount and area required for stock piling, storage of topsoil, dumping of excavated soil, water-logging and management of runoff water. All relevant data has been collected, analysed and presented in the EIA report. The EIA report has incorporated information about possible workshop location and store yards for its proper establishment and maintaining healthy environment during its operations. All these locations have been presented in the EMP in order to monitor and safeguard the environment of the project site. Existing infrastructures and physical structures that are likely to be affected with the construction works have been taken into account and mitigation measures have been proposed. The data on common property resources, cultural water resources, and unique objects have also been collected through field visits. Moreover, information on chemical features of the project area has been investigated and the impacts of project construction on the chemical environment has been identified and predicted in order to propose appropriate mitigation and enhancement measures.



4.3.2 Biological Environment Field surveys have been carried out for assessing biological features of the project area; vegetation, wildlife, avian fauna, aquatic wildlife, reptiles and amphibians. The literature sources have been reviewed, first, in order to understand the nature and diversity of flora and fauna of the project area of influence. Documentation of (i) forest and vegetation, including flora and fauna in the project area and forest cover quality, (ii) wildlife in the project area, including mammals, birds, aquatic fauna, reptiles and amphibians and possible impacts on them with the construction, (iii) description of wildlife habitat area within or in proximity to the project influence area (Direct or Indirect) and possible impact to habitat, which may further threaten or endanger wildlife species and their movements through landscape, including any zones or locations of known wildlife crossings, and (iv) endangered, vulnerable, threatened species or legally protected species, species listed in IUCN red-list, found in the project area was conducted.

The impacts of project construction on the flora and fauna has been identified and predicted in order to propose appropriate mitigation or enhancement measures, including any national protection requirements within the project area. Participation of concerned stakeholders has been facilitated in all possible locations.

Vegetation Survey: Site visits, transect walk and forest inventory using plot method were carried out by the study team. Forest inventory was conducted to identify number of trees that may need to be felled up for implementation of the project. Vegetation status, forest area, medical plants and non-timber forest product (NTFP) have been documented in accordance with the established and prevailing norms and practices within Core Area of the project. Habitat quality of forest areas has been noted for any natural and critical natural habitats. The number of trees and volume of timber to be cleared has been estimated using quarter girth formula. Data Analysis: Since the project construction sites and service area are urban in nature. Hence, ecological analyses like frequency, relative frequency, density, relative density of species have not been studied. Circumference at Breast Height (CBH) measured was used to calculate Diameter at Breast Height (DBH). In case of tree species, quantification in terms of numerical strength (number of individuals) volume and biomass has been also provided. The Standing Tree Volume has been calculated on the basis of following formula:

Ln(v) = a + b x Ln(d) + c x Ln(h) [Where a, b and c are volume constants, d: diameter at breast height and h: height of the tree]

The tentative cost of forest clearance along the alignment, including cost required for compensatory re-plantation in the ratio of 1:10 and its protection for 5 years (according to Working Policy on Construction and Operation of Physical Infrastructures within Conservation Areas, 2008), has been be estimated and presented in the environmental assessment report. The



area required for the compensatory re-plantation has been estimated and identified by consulting with respective district forest offices during EIA study.

Documentation of vegetation status, endangered plants, medicinal and non-timber forest products (NTFPs) has been recorded and likely impact upon and its user group has been identified and has been presented in the final EIA report. Biodiversity study: Field study techniques like sign survey along the transects, informal interviews and random surveys has been carried out for the documentation of species occurring in the project area. Basing on gathered information, the possible impacts during construction and operations on bird and mammal fauna and their habitats will also be identified. The project team evaluated and finally recommended the pragmatic measures to avoid, mitigate or compensate the impact of the proposed project on bird and mammal fauna and their habitats following to mitigation hierarchy recommendations. The approaches and methodology that has been used for the study include;

During Transect Walk Survey, the animals and birds sighted directly have been recorded with description of their locations, behavior and biology. Additionally, habitat attributes of the area of sightings has been recorded. Interaction with local people and photography consultation with local communities were done for wildlife diversity. Sign Survey was also a part of the study. Animal signs including footprints, feces (pellets/scats/droppings), diggings, scents, which have specific characteristics for each species were traced for. Animal signs have been looked for and recorded on distance in 5m left and right along the transect trails. Fish Survey has been carried out to describe habitats, communities or species of fish with respect to their ecological significance at local level. Information from Fish Research Center - Pokhara has also been studied.

4.3.3 Socio-economic and Cultural Environment Information on socio-economic and cultural features of the project area has been collected, including population, ethnic composition, employment facilities and education, health and sanitation conditions. Similarly, cultural and religious sites, infrastructures, market centers, agricultural practices and development activities in project area has been collected and compiled. Methodology used to collect these data were site visits, site surveys, interactions, consultations and discussion with the local stakeholders. Focus Group Discussion (FGD) was also conducted to obtain information on sanitation practices, and local people’s willingness to pay for sanitation services. Key Informant Interview was used to gather information on project’s oeprational aspects. Checklists and questionnaires were used during these field activities.



Information on general socio-economic conditions of the people of the project affected wards was collected through community consultations or informal public consultation at the settlement level. The information was collected through pre-designed checklists, which include key socio-economic characteristics of the people of all class, caste and economic categories. The information includes demographic features of the households, migration pattern, employment, landholding size, agricultural production, food sufficiency, other productive resources, livestock raising, access to different social infrastructures such as drinking water, education, health-posts, general health, hygiene and sanitation condition, etc. Survey of the Households in Core Area The households located in Core Area were focused in the socioeconomic study. Such households were surveyed for their socio-economic conditions by using structured questionnaires. The survey question includes, the family size, education, health, religion, economic activities, land holding size, agricultural production, horticultural production, livestock, household income (farm and off farm), general household expenditures etc. to unravel the living status of the affected households. HH questionnaire survey was conducted in different toles of ward 6 (Devisthan, Khahare, Centre Point, Fewa Foot Track, Barahi, Lakeside, Samiko Patan, Ambot, Sarobar Path, Bangladi, Halanchwok, Gaurighat Marga & Cenral Lake area), ward 7 (Rastrabank Chwok & Kimbari), and ward 17 (Miteri Marga, Pahatara, Pawaltash, Rastrabank Chwok, Sahid Chwok, Pardi Pulchwok, Damsite & Shiva Buddha Chwok) of the Pokhara Metropolitan city on Ashwin, 2075 BS. Among the 50 respondents chosen for this survey, there were 32, 3 and 15 respondents from the wards 6, 7 and 17 respectively. Information on social infrastructures such as schools, health posts, drinking water etc. was collected from the municipality or Ward offices, consultation with village elites and through key informant interview at municipality and settlement levels to assess the current situation of these facilities and the general sanitation status of the project area community. Information was collected on the conditions of these facilities, their adequacy and beneficiary population. The socio-economic environment survey was carried out by questionnaire survey, checklists and community consultations in order to collect the baseline information on socio-economic environment. The secondary informations about the socio-economic condition of district and municipality/ward level were collected from CBS, 2011. Similarly, the cultural environments of the project area, relating to cultural sites, archeological/historical and religious sites were studied through consultation meetings, informal public consultation and at the ward level by the use of checklists. Direct observation was carried out for the cultural sites such as temples, festival sites, and cultural sites within the direct project affected areas. All sites of religious, cultural and historical importance on the directly project affected area was observed in the project area. The social, cultural and religious values and significance of these sites were noted through consultation with the communities.



4.4 Data Analysis and Interpretation Processing of data and calculations were carried out using computer based tools like Excel program. Spreadsheets were used and data were interpreted in tabular and graphical forms. Available maps were interpreted. The physical and biological information were tabulated to the extent possible. Socio-economic and cultural information were cross-checked and analyzed. After the complete documentation of baseline environmental data of the project area, each of the environmental parameters were examined against the project activities in the different stages of project development using various methods and tools. 4.5 Impact Identification, Prediction and Evaluation Method Identification, prediction and evaluation of impacts is one of the most important stages of EIA process to ensure project sustainability, targeted environmental management and social wellbeing. Impacts were identified using standard checklists. Then the impacts were categorized as direct and indirect. All impacts were sorted out based on their nature: physical, biological and socio-economic, and on their value - positive and adverse. Occurrence and significance of identified impacts were predicted using matrix methods. The project team carried out analysis of proposed project activities at pre-construction, construction and operation stages to predict possible impacts in different phases of the project. Extrapolative method, and expert judgment was used for evaluation of the impacts. The purpose of impact evaluation is to assign relative significance to the predicted impacts associated with the project, and thus determine the order in which impacts are to be avoided, mitigated or compensated. Each of the direct and indirect impacts was evaluated in terms of their extent as site, local or regional. The following points summarized the main objectives of impact evaluation; Distinguish between impacts that are of most concern (need to be avoided, mitigated or

compensated) and those that are considered to be less important; Organize measures of significance in a way that allows a comparison of alternative

project proposals; Facilitate the communication of results to the concerned public and to decision makers.

The evaluation process has been carried out in two stages. First, one should predict the nature of the impact itself, i.e., its magnitude, and then its relative value to the appropriate group. In the first stage, one relies on scientific and/or specialized knowledge. In the second stage, one is concerned with the relative values of the society or segments of it. This latter stage involves value judgments and is not necessarily based on scientific knowledge. However, these values should be based on a survey of constituencies in order to determine the preferences of the affected groups. Thus, value judgments form an integral part of assigning significance.



Depending on the particular environmental component, evaluation of the significance of predicted impacts can be approached in different ways. For example, changes in air and water quality can be assessed against established quality and health standards, whereas changes in land use, flora and fauna, or scenic conditions are more difficult to evaluate. Key elements for assessing impact significance are;

• Level of public concern (particularly over health and safety) • Scientific and professional judgment • Disturbance/disruption of valued ecological systems • Degree of negative impact on social values and quality of life • Public perception versus scientific/professional opinion of the risks/benefits involved

The impacts have been classified in terms of their extent (site specific, local, and regional), magnitude (low, medium, and high) and duration (short-term, medium-term and long-term). The numerical values, provided by national EIA guidelines, 1993, have been used to evaluate identified and predicted impacts in terms of their importance, significance and nature. The possible impacts have been assessed covering both adverse and beneficial ones. Standard checklists have been utilized as a methodology adopted for impact identification and prediction. A sum of impact values for magnitude, extent, duration provides a maximum score of 140 points and a minimum of 25 points. Impact values or scores for each of the selected alternatives are summed up and multiplied by the probability of occurrence of the particular impact. Then, final impact scores for all alternatives are compared and the highest value detected corresponds to the greatest potential for environmental impact. The impacts are evaluated based on their impact levels, coverage of area and duration of the impacts. The evaluation will be used to emphasize the need to address the concerns. Magnitude, geographical extent and duration of impacts are defined below; Magnitude: This can be low-L (minor), medium-M (moderate), and high-H (major), depending on the scale or severity of change. Geographical extent: If the action is confined to the sub-project area, it is referred as site specific (Ss), if it occurs outside area but close to sub-project area, the extent of impact is local (Lc), if it occurs far away from the sub-project, it is referred as regional (R). Duration: It can be short term (St - i.e. less than 3 years), medium term (Mt - i.e. 3-20 years), and long term (Lt - i.e. more than 20 years).

For the Impact evaluation the matrix method with numerical ranking is used for the quantitative ranking of the predicted impacts. The numerical scale mentioned in the National EIA Guidelines 1993 has been adopted for this sub-project. The numerical scale is as;

Magnitude Extent Duration High 60 Regional 60 Long Term 20 Moderate 20 Local 20 Medium Term 10 Minor 10 Site Specific 10 Short Term 05



4.6 Preparation of Environmental Management Plan and Monitoring Plan Basing on the analysis of impacts and their nature, the measures to increase beneficial impacts and mitigate adverse impacts has been proposed in accordance with mitigation hierarchy in the project. The identification and selection of measures has been based on site-specific issues, past experience on similar projects, and expert judgments. The monitoring plan to assess the effectiveness of mitigation measures during implementation has been prepared. After analysis of all relevant information, the Consultant has prepared an Environmental Management Plan (EMP), covering the cost for mitigation as well as prescribed monitoring activities and selected indicators of mitigation effectiveness. The EMP has been divided into two sections; First, a “project owner’s” version containing the comprehensive set of mitigation,

management and monitoring measures, requirements, and institutional responsibilities for both construction and operation stages in order to fully address all identified impacts within reasonable budgets.

Second, a monitoring program including indicators, parameters/thresholds, and locations, frequency with a methodology for monitoring to enable verification that mitigation measures are successful.

4.7 Public Hearing and Stakeholders Consultations The date of public hearing was fixed in consultation with the Federal Water Supply and Sewerage Management Project Office, Kaski and Pokhara Metroploitan City office. A notice was published to inform the public on this, and also seeking the written opinions from the concerned stakeholders. The date of the public hearing was fixed for Ashoj 05, 2075 to be held in the meeting hall of FWSSMP, Rastra Bank Chowk, Pokhara. A project information document was prepared in Nepali language for the public hearing. The document provided the key features of the project, along with the executive summary of the EIA report. The proponent sent a formal invitation letter to Ministry of Forests and Environment, Pokhara Metropolitan City, concerned ward offices, district level offices and local community groups/clubs for participation in the public hearing meeting. The attendants of the meeting were requested to provide the concerns, comments and suggestions on the proposed mitigation measures in writing so that they can be documented. Received concerns, comments and suggestions were compiled and scrutinized for the relevancy of the project. Recommendation letter from Pokhara Metropolitan City was also received. (Annex 5)

Consultations have been carried out with local stakeholders. Semi-formal and informal meetings were continuously conducted during the EIA study. Public consultation will be a continuous process during the project development and implementation phases as well.



4.8 Preparation of EIA Report Based on the analysis of impacts and their nature, appropriate beneficial impacts maximization measure and adverse impacts mitigation measures were prepared. Such measures were based on site specific issues, past experience on similar projects, and expert judgments. Monitoring plan for the implementation of mitigation measures was prepared. Based on the above, Environmental Management Action Plan (EMAP) has been prepared including defined activities, their impacts, mitigation measures, their methodology, implementation schedule, responsible and supervisory agency to implement such measures and cost for mitigation as well as monitoring activities. EIA report was prepared including all the above said details in the format prescribed in EPA, Schedule 6 pertaining to Rule 7 of the EPR. Review meeting on the EIA report was held on 14th November 2019. Details of the report were presented, and discussed. The members of review committee and other participants of the meeting provided valuable suggestions and comments. These comments have been incorporated in this report (Annex 14). 4.9 Timeline of activities of the EIA The timeline of EIA study is prvoded below;

Approval of Scoping and ToR Documents 30th March 2018 Detailed field study and draft EIA preparation 2nd/3rd Quarters of 2018 Public Hearing 21st September 2018 Recommendation letter from PMC 28thDecember 2018 Submission of draft EIA 15thMarch 2019 Presentation in MoWS 14th November 2019 Submission of draft Final EIA Report 30th December 2019



CHAPTER 5: Existing Environmental Conditions This chapter provides descriptions of the baseline conditions of the project impact area. The information provided is based on the detailed on-site environmental studies for the project construction sites during the EIA study phase. The objective of the environmental baseline assessment in this section is to provide the present state of the environmental conditions in the project area in order to deal with the environmental issues identified in ToR and evaluation of their environmental impacts during project construction and operation phase. The physical; biological; socio-economic and cultural environment of the project area has been described below separately;

5.1 Physical Environment 5.1.1 Topography and Geomorphology Pokhara valley is a plain area surrounded by the mountainous features. Pokhara valley and Phewa Lake are located at the midhill area of Gandaki Province in Western region of Nepal. The valley is situated on the southern foothills of Annapurna and Machhapuchhre Himal. The total area of Pokhara Metroplitan City is 464.24 sq kilometers. However, the project area is confined in the urban watershed area located within 28°10’34” N to 28°13’19” N latitude and 83°57’19” E to 83°58’31” E longitude. The city has elevation ranging from 827 m to 1740 m. However, the city area has average elevation of around 900 meters. Pokhara is a filled up mountainous valley by the river sediment of Seti River. The valley is made up of thickness layers of river bed materials brought by Seti River at different times causing debris flows and mass wasting events in the past. The filled up sediments is cemented by calcerous fines. The rivers flowing in Pokhara valley have incised the sediment layers forming deep gorges in many places. Along the gorges sections land- cracks can be found. There are patches of clayey- silt layers embedded within cemented gravel layers. As clayey silt is very susceptible to erosion by flowing water, its removal by ground water sometimes causes the overlying materials to collapse forming sink holes. 5.1.2 Climate Pokhara has tropical mild temperature, neither too cold nor too hot in summer. Winter offers quite a pleasant weather especially from September to December. The temperature is characterized by moderate temperature remaining between 32°C in summer (June-August) and a minimum of 6°C in winter (January-February). Annual rainfall in Pokhara ranges from 3200 and 4700 mm, one of the highest in the country. About 80 percent of rain falls during four months, July to September.



5.1.3 Hydrology The Land Use Concept Plan Report mentions that due to higher natural slope (~1.9%), higher porosity of the soil and deep natural drains storm water escapes swiftly and flooding or stagnations generally rare and short lived. About one third of the Pokhara drains toward Phewa Lake either directly or indirectly through Phirke Khola and its tributaries. More than half of the town drains into the Seti River and its tributaries. The Eastern part of the town drains to the Bijayapur khola and larger area of ward number 17 drains into Phusre Khola. Also, Harpan khola besides othr mentioned sources, are considered to be the important sources of inflow in to Phewa Lake. The total length of the constructed drains in Pokhara in 1995 and constructed thereafter under Second Tourism Infrastructure Development Project (STIDP) was 61.5 km. Among 61.5 km, 33.5 km is classified as Main drain, 23 km as collector drain and 5 km is TIDP drain. Other drains have been constructed there after on adhoc basis. At present total length of drain in the city is estimated to be around 100 km. Some of these drains directly discharge into Phewa Lake. 5.1.4 Land Use The land use pattern of the Pokhara Valley is dominated by the urban areas and settlement. By land use pattern the lake features contrast in terms of forested with sparse rural settlement on southern side, agricultural land with dense urban areas on northern side, silt trap zone in western side and river channel zone in eastern side of the lakeshore (Shrestha, 1999). Table 8 shows the land use pattern of the Pokhara Valley:

Table 8: Land Use of Pokhara Valley

Land Use Typa km2 Percentage Urban/Builtup area 28.44 51.42 Water Body 7.02 12.69 Open Field 4.26 7.70 Forest Cover 1.22 2.21 Cultivated Land 11.21 20.27 Sandy Area 3.16 5.71 Total Area 55.31 100

Source: Land use Statistics of former Pokhara Lekhnath Metropolition City, 2010

The core area of the project area (ward 6, 7 and 17) has around 22.5% forest cover along with wetlands, around 7.5% agricultural area, 65% settlement area, around 1.5% surface water bodies, around 2.5% river banks, and remaining portion is landuses like parks, open land, barren land and others.

Landuse in Phewa Watershed: The watershed of the lake constitute forest (44%), agricultural land (39%), urban and wetland area (5%), pasture and barren land (5%), lake area (4%) and shrub land (3%) (DSC, 1994). The land use and land cover (LULC) change during the 1993 to 2013 indicates rapid increase in the settlement and built-up areas (Adhikari et al. 2018). The increase in settlement area (1.50 to



597.01 ha) but the decrease in lake area (451.04 to 427.53 ha.) during that period indicates encroachment and future impacts on lake due to anthropogenic activities. This scientific reference urges for the optimization of water quality and natural environment in the Phewa watershed. (Source: Adhikari et al.(2018) Land Use and Land Cover Change in Western Nepal: A Case from Phewa Watershed-Pokhara, Nepal ,Himalayan scientific Journal) 5.1.5 Soil Types Soils of the area directly resemble geological pattern, tectonic movement and activeness. PMC’s land use study reveals that bearing capacity of soil is variable and extensive soil test is essential if heavy structures like airfield is constructed and more than two story buildings are built up. Subsoil erosion along the lake side and some other places have created extensive cavernous complexes due to which different caves and gorges are formed in the valley floor. Such areas are said to be collapse prone zone. So, precautionary measures are required for construction of water treatment facilities by applying geo-physical tests. Soils found in the valley floor are combination of humus, loamy and sandy. This category is useful for agriculture production. The soils of Pokhara valley can be categorized into following types under quaternary deposits of geological formation (UNDP/ERRRP, 2009);

- Residual Soil: characterized by loamy to sandy gravel on hill slopes of Phewa lake catchment with thickness ranging from 1 to 5 m.

- Colluvial Soil: inhomogeneous deposit at the foot of the Phewa Lake catchment with composition of silt and sand at places with boulders and humic on top with thickness more than 1m. in which seismic impact may cause mass movement in slope region.

- Active and non-active alluvial fan deposit: composed of poorly sorted gravel, sandy gravel, sand and silt.

- Flood plain and Lower alluvial terrace deposit: dominantly composed of gravel, sand, silt, and clay deposits.

- Undifferentiated lake deposit: characterized by soft to stiff calcareous silty clay to clayey silt inter-fingering with carbonaceous clay & clayey silt towards foot hills with thickness of 1 to 6 m.

5.1.6 Geological Condition The region’s geological origin is glacier breaking of Annapurna range and filled up with layers of debris. Geologically, the area falls under Pokhara formation which consists of cemented silty and sandy gravel. Limestone, quartzite, schist and granite are tied up due to calcareous silt. The formation also contains pebbles of varying sizes owing to the river gorges, and subsidence of soil that permits easy water discharge from the area. Apart from this, bed of the valley consists of layers of debris deposited due to glacial activities in different geological periods. The Lesser Himalaya is bordered by the MBT in the south and the Main Central Thrust (MCT) in the north. The metamorphic rocks are exposed along one of the plate boundary branch thrusts, the Main



Central Thrust (MCT) in Nepal Himalayas which comprises green schist to epidote-amphibolite facies rocks of sedimentary and igneous origin. According to Pêcher 1977, MCT is a ductile shear zone of about 3 km thickness. MCT zone of the Pokhara area (central Nepal) comprises of garnet-bearing pelitic and psammitic schists and gneisses found in Garnets which are relatively rich in Mn and Ca-contents compare to the higher himalaya. 5.1.7 Seismicity The earthquake catalogue of Nepal shows that several earthquakes greater than magnitude 4 have occured in the past within the Pokhara valley and its close proximity. Of these, the largest earthquake events were of magnitude 7.0 in 1939 and of magnitude 6.5 in 1954 by which Pokhara suffered damages. The region is seismic prone where a medium to large-scale quake ranging from 5.5 to 7.5 in the Richter scale may be expected as Main Boundary Thrust (MBT) and Main Central Thrust (MCT) passes through the region. Near Pokhara Valley, Global Seismic Hazard Mapping Project has predicted peak ground acceleration of 0.4 g to 0.6 g (Zhang et al. 1999). Like-wise, according to seismic hazard map of Nepal, the PGA is about 0.35 g to 0.4 g for 10% chance of exceedance in 50 years for Pokhara Valley (Pandey et al. 2002, Parajuli et al. 2008).

Environmental Pollution:

Figure 9: Engineering and Environmental Geological Map of the Project area (Source: DMG, 1998)



Regarding Phewa Lake Waste Water Management Project where most of the project components(sewer pipes) are laid below the ground surface except the construction of the building structures of Waste Water Treatment Plant which has been designed considering the earthquake safe data. National Building Code (2060 B.S) endorsed by the Government of Nepal has to be followed while implementing the project. The treatment plant lies in the moderately stable Pokhara Formation having limestone, schist, granite and gneiss. Thickness is highly variable with thickness up to 80 meters, and at places having soil cover of around 2 meters. Hence, ground cover sewerage system and treatment plant units can be developed in the proposed site. Proper sealed and well piped systems should be designed. (A detailed descriptive map is attached in Annex 2) 5.1.8 Water Quality, Air Quality and Noise Levels Basic physio-chemical parameters were considered for analysis from Phewa lake, Phirke river and Phusre river. Results revealed that the water parameters are within the National water quality guidelines for Aquaculture but exceeded Water Quality Guidelines for recreation purpose. Turbidity and pH was out the target water quality range in all 3 sites exceeding the Nepal Water Quality Guidelines for the recreation purpose whereas total suspended solids and chemical oxygen demand (COD) was out of the range in Phirke river site. Although most of the Water quality parameters are within the Guidelines for aquaculture, the probability of eutrophication was higher at observed total phosphate level (>0.01 mg/L) in all 3 sites. Since the measurements were made during the monsoon/post monsoon (September, 2018) having high discharge, the BOD load has been reduced to a great extent due to the concept “dilution is the best solution to pollution”. But, it also warrants that the serious measures are required to take as part of the city sanitation plan to minimize the disposal of direct discharge of raw sewage in Phewa lake and rivers draining into the lake. The analysis result has been given in Annex 4.

Table 9: Results of the basic physio-chemical parameter’s analysis of Phewa Lake, Phirke Khola and Phusre Khola in Pokhara

SN Parameters Phewa Lake sample

Phirke Khola sample

Phusre Khola Sample

1. pH at 24 oC 8.1 8.1 8.3 2. Electrical Conductivity, (µS/cm) 114 212 262 3. Turbidity (NTU) 2 5 <1 4. Total Suspended Solids (mg/L ) <1 4 <1 5. Biological Oxygen Demand (BOD)

(mg/L) 2 <1 <1

6. Chemical Oxygen Demand (mg/L) 4 10 1



SN Parameters Phewa Lake sample

Phirke Khola sample

Phusre Khola Sample

7. Total Nitrogen (mg/L) 2.22 1.98 2.33 8. Nitrate-N (mg/L) 0.50 0.28 0.28 9. Nitrite-N (mg/L) 0.04 0.02 N.D. (<0.02) 10. Total Phosphate (mg/L) 0.25 0.12 0.08 11. Dissolved Phosphate (mg/L) 0.06 0.02 N.D. (<0.01) 12. Oil and grease (mg/L) <0.2 <0.2 N.D. (< 0.02) Source: Laboratory Analysis, September 2018

Visual observations show no significant concerns of air pollution in the project area. The air quality index of the project area shows that the range of PM2.5 for the month of September 2018 is 21 ppm to 63 ppm, and that of PM10 is 6 ppm to 22 ppm (Department of Environment, GoN, September 2018).

The baseline environmental monitoring for noise quality was conducted through primary survey at strategic locations considering various project components like construction of treatment plant, pumping station and lying of sewer line etc. The baseline noise levels helps in understanding the existing noise level so that necessary monitoring mechanism and safeguard measures can be formulated for the possible impacts from the project on noise quality during the construction and operation stages of the project. The existing baseline noise level measured through instantaneous method using a noise meter is presented in table below;

Table 10: Noise Quality at project sites, Pokhara Date Location name Day hours Average Sound

Levels, dB (A) Remarks

20 September,2018 Halanchwok 08:50 - 09:50 73.6 mostly traffic noise 20 September,2018 Talbarahi chowk 08:35 - 09:35 69.5 mostly traffic noise 22 September,2018 Proposed WWTP

Site 16:30 - 17:30 57.7 mostly natural sound

Source: Field study, September 2018

The recorded noise levels indicate that the average noise levels of all above given locations are not high, but since Halanchwok and Talbarahi chowk (proposed site for Pumping Station) are busy touristic sites, the recorded sound levels are slightly high.

5.1.9 Waste Management Table 11 explains the household sanitation facilities in the city in terms of the type of toilets, percentage of total household. Sanitary sewer network is very poor in Pokhara. Therefore, majority of households including 94% of households with flush toilets rely on site management with septic tank. Water tight septic tank with soak pit is the standard requirement however soak



pit is generally missing and bottom of septic tanks are not lined. City lacks facilities to handle septic tank sludge. Therefore septic tanks are generally emptied in one of the natural drainages. Some households even discharge septic tank effluent directly into them.

Table 11: Households by type of toilet in Metropolitan City SN Households with toilet facility of (%) Type of toilet facility

not stated (%) Flush toilet Ordinary toilet 1 94% 5.27% 0.73%

The solid waste management practices of Pokhara Metropolitan City basically include the cleaning and pick-up services, door-to-door collection services and disposal of collected solid waste. Main roads are cleaned daily and solid waste is collected at certain places. However, the timing of the street cleaning and pick-up of collected solid waste often do not synchronize. Disposal of collected waste at various traditional places, particularly along Seti River is still common practice. A survey on solid waste management was conducted in 58 municipalities of Nepal by Asian Development Bank in the year 2012. Some of the results of the survey conducted are presented below in Table12.

Table 12: Waste Management of former Pokhara Lekhnath Metropolitan City S.N. Composition

of waste (%) Organic waste

Plastics Paper and paper products

Glass Metals Textiles Rubber and leather

Others

1. Household 62.65 8.80 11.61 4.54 6.74 2.21 2.82 1.63 2. Institutional 26.19 8.14 65.35 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.32 3. Commercial 42.73 12.60 24.68 6.14 1.44 6.95 0.13 0.84 Source: Asian Development Bank Survey, 2012 The solid waste management at household level comprises the composting and burning. Composting organic wastes such as kitchen, garden waste, vegetable and animal waste is an ongoing practice in many households. Such a practice needs to be encouraged but is not viable for 100% households. The practice of burning combustible waste is also in practice especially in rural segment of the Metropolitan City.



5.2 Biological Environment

The forest cover of Pokhara valley is significant as average 30% area is forest cover area. However the project area is urban area. During the field study, due to existence of some patches of forests near the project area, some mammals, birds and herpeto-fauna were reported in the study area as the structure and composition of forest cover plays a key role in the abundance and distribution of many floral and faunal species. 5.2.1 Forests and Flora Especially the northern, western and southern hills of Phewa Lake are well covered by forests. To the concern of this project, Ratopahiro Community Forest lies within the direct influence area of the project. It lies in ward 17 of Pokhara Metropolitan City of Kaski district covering 116 households. The forest was handed over to users group in 2051 B.S. As per provision of Forest Act 2049 and Forest Regulation 2051 a separate constitution was prepared and registered in 2054 B.S. The community forest is mixed of both natural and plantation area that covers nearly13.25 hectors of forest land. The major forest species of the forest areas in the lower elevation comprises Chilaune-Katus (Schima castanopsis), Khayer (Acacia catechu) and Sal (Shorea robusta). The major species of mixed forest comprises Sal (Shorea robusta), Khayer (Acacia catechu), Botdhayaro (Lagerstroemia parviflora), Simal (Bombax ceiba), Tooni (Toona ciliata), Pakhuri (Ficus spp.), Bamboo (Sapium insigne) etc. As Pokhara is situated in sub-tropical low land in close proximity to the massive Himalayas and also due to presence of sub-tropical mild temperature and maximum rainfall during summer, a variety of sub-tropical floras such as orange trees, banana trees, green leafy vegetables (cauliflower, cabbage and other type of leafy vegetables) are found in the project service areas. The dominant species in and around the project service areas are: Utis (Alnus nepalensis), Angeri (Lyoniao valifolia), Padke (Albizzia chinensis), Chilaune (Schima wallichii), Khair (Acacia catechu) and Simal (Bombax ceiba). Lalupate, Pipal and Bar tree, Banyan tree, Orange tree and Bamboo trees are commonly found in Pokhara. Major shrubs found commonly in the project area are Ghangaru (Pyracantha crenulata), Ainselu (Rubuss elliptus), Guldung (Viburnam nervosum), Chutro (Berberis ariastata), BokeTimbur (Zanthoxylum armatum), Lokta (Daphne voluba), Sisnoo (Urtu cadioica), etc. Medicinal and herbal plants are also found in the green forest around Phewa Lake. Field survey of vegetation likely to be affected was carried out along the project area. The following table shows the existing status of trees found in the sites along the project component;



Table 13: Tree species and their number; dbh, height and proposed treatment Location Tree Species Local

name No. DBH

(cm) Ht. (m)

Vol /tree (m3)

Proposed treatment Fell Retain Transplant

Treatment Plant Site

Dalbergia Sisoo Sisau 1 31.9 7.5 0.25 ✔️ Sapium insigne Khirro 1 13.6 4 0.04 ✔️ Sapium insigne Khirro 1 20.2 3 0.06 ✔️ Sapium insigne Khirro 1 21 3 0.07 ✔️ Sapium insigne Khirro 1 26.7 3 0.11 ✔️ Sapium insigne Khirro 1 30.5 10 0.36 ✔️ Sapium insigne Khirro 1 37 7 0.39 ✔️ Sapium insigne Khirro 1 23.5 10 0.22 ✔️ Sapium insigne Khirro 1 68 5 0.91 ✔️ Sapium insigne Khirro 1 38 2 0.15 ✔️ Bombax ceiba Simal 1 30.7 11 0.4 ✔️ Bombax ceiba Simal 1 43.6 10 0.67 ✔️ Bombax ceiba Simal 1 80 15 2.89 ✔️ Bombax ceiba Simal 1 32 8 0.31 ✔️ Bombax ceiba Simal 1 28.3 10 0.31 ✔️ Bambusa sps Bans 30 6 12 0.03 ✔️

Trunk Alignment site at Miteri Park

Dalbergia Sisoo Sisau 1 55.8 20 1.69 ✔️ Dalbergia Sisoo Sisau 1 21.8 8 0.14 ✔️ Dalbergia Sisoo Sisau 1 19.4 8 0.12 ✔️ Dalbergia Sisoo Sisau 1 55.8 12 1.02 ✔️ Dalbergia Sisoo Sisau 1 23.4 7 0.14 ✔️

Pumping Station Site at Talbarahi Chwok

Grevillea robusta

Kangiyo rukh

1 29.1 13 0.43

✔️

Grevillea robusta

Kangiyo rukh

1 18.6 9 0.14

✔️

Grevillea robusta

Kangiyo rukh

1 29.1 15 0.5

✔️

Grevillea robusta

Kangiyo rukh

1 11.7 5 0.03

✔️

Sapium insigne Khirro 1 19 10 0.16 ✔️ Melia azedarach

Bakaino 1 9.45 8 0.04

✔️

Melia azedarach

Bakaino 1 18.6 10 0.15

✔️

Morus bombycis Kimbu 1 7.7 2 0.01 ✔️

Ficus religiosa Pipal 1 9.7 3 0.01 ✔️

Mangifera indica

Mango 1 63 9 1.14

✔️



Location Tree Species Local name

No. DBH (cm)

Ht. (m)

Vol /tree (m3)

Proposed treatment Fell Retain Transplant

Schefflera venulosa

Kursimllo 1 84.9 6 1.28

✔️

Elaeocarpus sphaericus

Rudrakshya 1 80.8 10 1.96

✔️

Elaeocarpus sphaericus

Rudrakshya 1 84.9 10 2.13

✔️

Bambusa sps. Bans 50 6 12 0.03 ✔️ Source: Field Survey, 2018 Pani Uneu (Azolla imbricate), Jalkumbhi (Eichhomia crassipes), Leu (Lemna minor), Narkat (Phragmites karka), Dhaniyajhar (Ceratopteris thalictroides) are the major aquatic plants observed in the project area. Ethno-Botanical Knowledge and Practice Some edible wild plants noted and reported in the area were Kafal (Myrica esculanta), Chutro (Berberis aristata), Chiuri (Madhuca butyracea) and Ainselu (Rubus ellipticus) in the upper parts of the Pokhara valley. However, local people do not have to depend on traditional medication since they have easy access to well facilitate regional as well as private hospitals in Pokhara. Some species of medicinal properties found in the project areas are Asuro (Adhatoda vasica), Amala (Emblica officinalis), Bel (Aegle marmelos), Neem (Azidarachta indica), Chutro (Berberis aristata), Palans (Butea monosperma), and Dhaturo (Datura stramonium).

5.2.2 Fauna in the Project Area Near to the forest area, Ban Biralo (Felix chaus), Bhalu (Ursus thibetanus), Chari Bagh (Prionailurus bengalensis), Chituwa (Panthera pardus), Dumsi (Erethizon dorsatum), Musa (Rattus rattus), Nyauri (Herpestised wardsi), Rato-Bandar (Macaca mulata), Ratuwa mirga (Muntiacus muntjak), Seto Bandar-langur (Presbytis entellus) and Syal (Canisaureus) are commonly found. Similarly, among the amphibians, frogs are common. Lizards and Snakes are the common reptiles that are found in the project area. The following sub-sections provide the details of fauna found in the project municipality. Mammals: The main mammalian species in and around of the Pokhara valley are Leopard (Panthera pardus), Jungle Cat (Felis chaus), Crab-Eating Mongoose (Herpestus urva), Masked Palm Civet (Paguma larvata), Indian Crested Porcupine (Hystrix indica), Golden Jackal (Canis aureus), Barking Deer (Muntiacus muntjak), Common Otter (Lutra lutra), Asiatic Black bear (Selenarctos thbetanus), Indian Pangolin (Manis crassicaudata), Assamese Monkey (Macaca assamensis), Bengal Fox (Vulpus bengalensis), Leopard Cat (Felis Bengalensis), Clouded leopard (Neofelis nebulosa), Small Asian Mongoose (Herpestes javanicus), Indian Grey Mongoose (Herpestes edwardissii) Indian Hare (Lepus nigricollis), Bush Rat (Golunda ellioti),



Himalayan Yellow Throated Marten (Martex flavigula), Greater Woolly Horseshoe Bat (Rhinoloplus luctus). These animals occasionally found adjoining forest patches of Phewa lake, Begnas lake, Rupa lake and Banpale hill areas. The wildlife species such as Jackal (Canis aerus), Jungle cat (Felis chaus), Common Leopard (Panthera pardus), Porcupine (Hystrix sps.), Mongoose (Herpestes sps.), Squirrel (Funambulus sps.), etc. were reported as common species in the project area. The local people reported that with progress of community forest program, the species of wild animals particularly rhesus monkey, common leopard, and jackal are gradually increased over the years in the surrounding forests. Birds: Pokhara valley is the most suitable places for bird species due to combination of Seti canyon and marshy lakes along with dense forests and flat plains that provides proper habitat for a diverse species of birds. The birds are residential as well as migratory. Some common bird species of the Pokhara valley comprises Cattle Egret (Bubulcus Ibis), Dark Kite (Milvus Migrans), Egyptian Vulture (Neophron Percnopterus), Black Patridge (Fancolinus Francolinus), Rose-Ringed Parakeet (Psittacula Krameri), Eurasian Cuckoo (Cuculus Canorus), Blue Throated Barbet (Megalaima Asiatica), Blacknaped Woodpecker (Picus Canus), House Swift (Apus Affinis), House Crow (Corvus Aplendens), Himalayan Tree Pie (Dendrocitta Formosae), Ashy Drongo (Dicrurus Leucophaeus), Black Headed Shrike (Lanius Schach), Whistling Thrush (Myiophoneus Caeruleus), Beautiful, Nitava (Muscicapa Sundara), Black Headed Oriole (Oriolus Chinensis), Golden Oriole (Oriolus oriolus), Red Vented Bulbul (Pycnonotus Cafer), Grey Tit (Parus Major), and Pond Heron (Ardeola Grayii). There are six species of vulture that have been recorded in the Pokhara Valley (Gautam and Baral 2071).

Local people were interviewed to obtain information on avian species in the primary zone of influence of the project area. According to the local people surrounding forests provides shelter for the different bird species such as Ban Kukhura (Gallus gallus), Bhyakura (Turdoides spp.), Titra (Arborophila torquela), Gaunthali (Apusaffinis), Dhukur (Streptopelia spp.), Parewa (Columba livia), Kalij (Lophuraleu comelanos), Nyauli (Megalaima spp.), Lampuchhre (Cissa spp.), Chil (Spilornis spp.), Chive (Dicrurus spp.), Bakulla (Egretta grazetta) and Giddha (Gyps spp.). Over 500 species of birds can be observed in Pokhara, the best months being October to March for birds watching. Pame, Begnas Lake and Rupa lake areas are famous for wetland birds. Raniban and Jhijhirka-Astam areas are good for woodland birds and Tutunga-Bachhebuduwa areas are famous for birds of prey and Armala area is unique for pheasants (Kalij). Reptiles and Herpitofauna: Species of Mollusca and Arthropod were also reported. Some of them are snails (Helix spp.), butterflies and dragonflies. Herpeto-fauna of this area is represented by frogs (Rana spp.), chheparo (Calotes spp), sun gohoro (Varanus flavescens), sarpa (Zamenis spp), viper (Ancistrodon spp) and ajinger (Python molurus) were reported.



Fish species: Fish species that could be found in Phewa Lake and Phusre Khola and its tributaries are Baduna, Snow trout, Sahar, Katle, Asala and Cat fish. But due to the degradation of Phewa lake water species like Sahar, Snowtrout, Baduna could not survive and are very few in numbers at present. Only the Catfish (migratory) are found in Phewa Lake as these fishes can survive in poor quality of water and even with less oxygen. Table 14 provides species of fish found in Phewa water bodies of project area;

Table 14: Species of fish found in the Phewa Lake SN Local Name/Vernacular name Scientific Name Remarks 1 Asala Schizothoraichthy progastus 2 Baduna Garra gotyla gotyla 3 Katle Neolissochilus hexagonolepis 4 Kabre Pseudecheneis serracula 5 Silver carp Hypophthalmichthys molitrix 6 Bighead carp Aristichthys nobilis 7 Grass carp Ctenopharyngodon idella 8 Common carp Cyprinus carpio 9 Rohu Labeo rohita 10 Naini Cirrhinus mrigala 11 Bhakur Catla catla 12 Sahar Tor putitora 13 Rewa Chagunius chagunio 14 Bam Mastacembelus armathus 15 Bhitte Punitus spp 16 Dhunge bam Xenentodon cancila 17 Fageta Barilius app 18 Magur Clarias spp 19 Tilapia Oreochromis niloticus

Source: Field Survey, 2018 Copper Mahseer are medium distant migrant species while Snow Trout are short distance species. Among the resident species are Sucker head and Torrent catfish. 5.2.3 Protected Species Protected species of python were reported from the project area. Vultures were reported in a decreasing trend due to loss of Bombax species and pesticide use in farmlands.



5.3 Socio-Economic and Cultural Environment 5.3.1 Demography (a) Population The total population of Pokhara Metropolitan City is 402,995 (PMC, 2018). Out of 33 wards of PMC, 9 wards are included in service area of the proposed project as these areas drain naturally to the Phewa Lake. These 9 different wards are ward 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 and 17 of Pokhara Metropolitan City. People residing in these areas, ward number 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9 of PMC are directly or indirectly responsible for sewage generation and disposal into the Lake. Though ward number 17 is located downstream of the Phewa Lake it is also included in service area as the proposed drainage passes through the ward and the proposed treatment plant is also located in the same ward. The population of this area is considered as direct beneficiary of the project because they will be using the facilities developed under the project. Their population is counted for the design. There are 37,375 households with 139,175 populations in the service area (PMC, 2018). Table 15 shows the ward wise households, population, average household size and sex ratio;

Table 15: Ward wise population distribution by HHs in service area Ward number

Household Population Average HH Size

Sex Ratio Total Male Female

2 2,464 8,729 4,468 4,261 3.54 104.86 3 2,750 9,462 4,919 4,543 3.44 108.28 4 2,491 9,119 4,731 4,388 3.66 107.82 5 3,973 14,803 7,373 7,430 3.73 99.23 6 3,869 14,729 7,721 7,008 3.81 110.17 7 3,451 12,875 6,335 6,540 3.73 96.87 8 7,138 26,080 13,539 12,541 3.65 107.96 9 4,295 16,626 8,573 8,053 3.87 106.46 17 6,944 26,752 12,770 13,982 3.85 91.33

Total 37,375 139,175 70,429 68,746 3.72 102.45 Source: PMC, 2018 (b) Population and Population Growth Trend The population trend of the Pokhara city over last 40 years (1971-2011) is presented in Table 16. The population growth rate between 1971 and 1981 was 5.44 percent. The city grew from 27,468 in 1971 to 46,642 in 1981 and to 95,286 in 1991. This reveals that the growth rate of 5.44 percent during seventies increased to 7.41 during eighties. The population growth has many reasons. The major reasons among are:

• declaration and establishment of Pokhara as regional headquarter; • increased accessibility due to its linking with the highways; • development in tourism;



• influx of internally displaced; and • development of service sectors in the areas of health, education and financial institutions.

The population growth rate of 7.41 percent per year between 1981 and 1991 decreased to 5.07 percent during 1991-2001 and to 5.03 percent during 2001-2011. From 1991, the average population growth decreased by 0.6 percent for every five years, as shown by the interpolation of decadal census data.

Table 16: Population growth trends in former Pokhara Metropolitan City Year Household Population Growth

Rate Total Male Female 1971 4905 27,468 1981 8,376 46,642 24,260 22,382 5.44 1991 20,273 95,286 48,095 47,191 7.41 2001 37,305 156,312 79,563 76,749 5.07 2011 68,236 255,465 126,238 129,227 5.03

Source: CBS population census, 1981, 1991, 2001 & 2011 Table 17 shows the ward wise population and growth rate in the service area between 1971 and 2011. The population in the service area was 13474 in 1971, which increased to 21601 in 1981.In 1991, 2001 and 2011 population was 49552, 84471 and 139175, respectively. The population growth trend shows highest growth rate of 8.66 percent per year over 10 year period between 1981 and 1991. The sudden growth is mainly due to malaria eradication in Pokhara valley, irrigation facility in the valley, opening up of Pokhara by air and land transportation, tourism development, development of infrastructures, and services including education, health and financial institutions. After 1991 the population growth rate decreased to 5.48 (1991-2001) and to 5.12 (2001-2011), presented in Table 15-16. Therefore, during the transition period from rural to urban, the population growth trend varied from slow to high and slows again. The growth onward 2011 is expected further slowdown as it is nearing to saturation.

Table 17: Ward wise population and growth rate in service area Ward number

Population Growth Rate 1971 1981 1991 2001 2011 1971-

1981 1981-1991

1991-2001

2001-2011

2 901 1382 3352 4859 8729 4.37 9.26 3.78 6.03 3 1601 2397 5101 6962 9462 4.12 7.84 3.16 3.12 4 1269 2094 3749 5988 9119 5.14 6.00 4.79 4.30 5 1821 1852 3217 6829 14803 0.17 5.68 7.82 8.04 6 1828 2687 5633 10663 14729 3.93 7.68 6.59 3.28 7 1028 2024 3951 8241 12875 7.01 6.92 7.63 4.56 8 1847 3332 9382 16112 26080 6.08 10.91 5.56 4.93 9 1278 2514 8112 12111 16626 7.00 12.43 4.09 3.22 17 1901 3319 7055 12706 26752 5.73 7.83 6.06 7.73

Total 13474 21601 49552 84471 139175 4.83 8.66 5.48 5.12 Source: CBS Population Census, 1981, 1991, 2001 & 2011



Table 18: Population Growth Trends Description Census Period

Year 1991- 2001 Year 2001-2011 National annual growth rate 2.25% 1.35% Western region annual growth rate 0.75% National urban population 14.2% 17.07% Urban population growth rate 6.65% 3.38% Kaski district population growth rate 2.57% PSMC growth rate 5.07% 5.03% Service Area average growth rate 5.12 %

Source: CBS population census, 2011 (c) Population Projection The projected population for the base year 2015 up to design year 2040 has been calculated on the basis of population growth trend analysis of past 40 years (1971 -2011). The growth trend has shown that the growth was slow during 1971-1981, which accelerated during 1981-1991 and was in decreasing trend after 1991 till 2011. From 1991 to 2011 the average population growth rate decreased by 0.6 percent in every five years in Pokhara Sub-metropolis, whereas it decreased by 0.88 percent in the service area. The growth is expected to continue to slow down in further as the population nearing to saturation. The projected population for different years is presented in Table 18. For project service area i.e. Ward number 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 & 17 of PMC 4.4 % population growth rate adopted for year 2011-2015, 3.8 % for year 2015-2020, 3.2% for year 2020-2025, 2.6% for year 2025-2030, 2 % for year 2030-2035 and 1.4 % for year 2035-2040 (average growth rate 2.9 percent per year from 2015 to 2040). As the Table 19 shows, the population in base year 2015 will be 165333 and will increase to 318282 in design year 2040. Overall growth during project period projected here is close to average annual growth rate of 4% for the same period, which is same as present urban growth rate.

Table 19: Ward wise Population Projection in Service Area

Ward number

Population Projection Census year 2011

Base year 2015 (GR-4.4%)

2020 (GR- 3.8%)

2025 (GR- 3.2%)

2030 (GR- 2.6%)

2035 (GR- 2%)

Design year 2040 (GR- 1.4%)

2 8729 10370 12673 14835 16867 18622 19963 3 9462 11240 13738 16081 18283 20186 21639 4 9119 10833 13240 15498 17620 19454 20854 5 14803 17585 21492 25158 28603 31580 33853 6 14729 17497 21384 25032 28460 31422 33684 7 12875 15295 18693 21881 24878 27467 29444 8 26080 30982 37865 44323 50393 55638 59643 9 16,626 19751 24139 28256 32125 35469 38022 17 26752 31780 38840 45465 51691 57071 61180

Total 139175 165333 202064 236529 268920 296909 318282 Source: Detailed Engineering Design, 2014



(d) Population Density Ward wise population density of then PMC is presented in Table 19. Pokhara is one among the fast growing city where the population increased significantly over past 30 years (from 1981 to 2011). The population of the city was 46,642 in 1981 which increased to 255,465 in 2011. The population density in Pokhara was 9 per hectare in 1981 increased to 51 per hectare in 2011. As per the projected population of the service area (ward number 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 and 17) in Table 20, population density calculated for the design is 173 per hectare at the end of design period 2040.

Table 20: Ward-wise Population Density of the Service Area Ward

No. Area in ha.

1981 Population

1981 Density

1991 Population

1991 Density

2001 Population

2001 Density

2011 Population

2011 Popln. Density

2 75.0 1382 18 3352 45 4859 65 8,729 116 3 60.5 2397 40 5101 84 6962 115 9,462 156 4 54.3 2094 39 3749 69 5988 110 9,119 168 5 223.3 1852 8 3217 14 6829 31 14,803 66 6 193.3 2687 14 5633 29 10663 55 14,729 76 7 173.5 2024 12 3951 23 8241 48 12,875 74 8 169.3 3332 20 9382 55 16112 95 26,080 154 9 139.0 2514 18 8112 58 12111 87 16,626 120 17 752.5 3319 4 7055 9 12706 17 26,752 36 Source: CBS population census, 1981,1991, 2001 & 2011 Note: about 427.53 ha. land covered by Phewa Lake is excluded in the area. 5.3.2 Caste and Ethnicity

Regarding the ethnic group - Khas (Brahmin, Chhetri, Thakuri), Gurung (Tamu) and Magar form the dominant community of Pokhara. Gurung and Magar are popular ethnic groups in Pokhara as well as in Kaski district. Brahmin - hill is the prevalent caste group (about 24%), followed by Gurung (19.13%), and the occupational castes Damai, Kami and Sarki (27%), Magar (10.22%), Newar (7.29%) and others (12.36%). (Source: NPHC, CBS, 2011) The project area is inhabited by multi-cultural ethnic group. Major population in this area consists of Chhhetri, Brahmin, Thakali, Gurung, Newar, Magar, and others. Pokhara is therefore a settlement of Gurung (Lahure) families mainly from upper reaches of Kaski, Syangja, Lamjung and Tanahun. Approximately 200 households of Jalari live around Phewa Lake and Begnas Lake, and about 80 families live around Phewa Lake (Shrestha, 2008). These 80 families still have no farming land and are continuing their traditional occupations of fishing and cage aquaculture. 5.3.3 Language Nepali is the widely spoken language of 75.31% Nepalese. Other languages spoken in the project area are Sanskrit and sign languages. Table 21 shows the detail of the languages spoken in the project area.



Table 21: Language spoken in project area Language Spoken Pokhara City Language Spoken Pokhara City All Mother Tongue 2,55,465 Gurung 32,173 Nepali 1,89,223 Urdu 1,280 Maithili 2,104 Hindi 2,410 Bhojpur 2,887 Bhujel 200 Tharu 829 Thakali 910 Tamang 4,086 English 76 Newari 8,623 Rai 796 Kham 626 Others 2,250

Source: CBS Population Census, 2011 5.3.4 Education The project area is better off in terms of education. The number of private schools has increased significantly over the last few years in Pokhara and they have better equipped to meet the increased demand. According to Land Use Concept Plan Report, 2000 there are all together 131 public and private schools of primary, lower secondary and secondary level. Regarding the literacy status Kaski district has 86.94 percent literacy rate. Table 22 presents the population aged 5 years and above by educational level and sex in the municipality.

Table 22: Population aged 5 years and above by educational level and sex Educational level Both sex Percent Male Female

Beginner 6329 3.07% 3,493 2,836 Primary (1-5) 51109 24.80% 26,257 24,852 Lower secondary (6-8) 38038 18.45% 19,071 18,967 Secondary (9-10) 28531 13.84% 14,257 14,274 SLC & equivalent 33790 16.39% 18,273 15,517 Intermediate & equiv. 26212 12.72% 14,057 12,155 Graduate & equivalent 11063 5.37% 6,824 4,239 Post graduate equivalent& above 4116 2.00% 3,116 1,000 Others 111 0.05% 58 53 Non formal education 6347 3.08% 2,658 3,689 Level not stated 469 0.23% 233 236 Total 206,115 100% 108,297 97,818

Source: CBS Population Census, 2011 The HH survey shows that among the respondents, 7.1 % were illiterate, and 92.9% were literate in the service area. The survey also shows that 11.9 % had primary level education, 19% had SEE level education, 16.7 % had intermediate and 23.8 % had bachelor level of education



5.3.5 Economic Features 5.3.5.1 Occupation and Business As per the census year 2011, out of the total economically active population in Kaski district 18.22 percent are engaged in own agriculture, 18.12 percent in wage/salary earning and 10.44 percent in own non agriculture sectors (CBS census, 2011). The household survey showed that in the project area, around 50% of the respondents had business as the main occupation. This included toursim related business like hotels and travels. Other important occupation included agriculture, service and foreign labour. Tourism in Pokhara is important becaues of presence of beautiful lakes, natural limestone caves, panoramic mountain view, falls (Chhango), etc. to attract tourists. Some of the important economic activities of tourism sector that contribute to the local economy of Pokhara and the country as a whole are presented below in Table 23 below;

Table 23: Important Tourism Related Economic Activities in Pokhara Travel/ Trek

Trade & Commerce

Industry Service Sectors Entertainment Others

Tours and Travel Agencies Trekking

Agencies

Restaurants and Bars Shops,

Business Centers

Handicrafts Hotel and

Lodges Guest

Houses

Tourism Council/Board/Offices Government

and Private Organizations

Boating/Sailing Cinema Theaters Sightseeing Mountain Flights Ultra light

Flights Paragliding View Towers

Roads Communication Airport Transportation

According to statistics of toursim published by the Ministry of Culture, Tourism and Civil Aviation data, in total 154,067 foreign tourists arrived in Nepal either by air or by land in the year 2010, and this increased to 204,785 in the year 2018 as presented below in Table 24. The average length of stay of a foreign tourist in Nepal is ranges from 12.16 days to 13.40 days (Nepal Tourism Statistics, 2010 to 2018).

Table 24: Number of tourist arrival and their average length of stay in Nepal

S.N. Year Number of Tourist

Annual Growth Rate %

Tourist Arrived Average Length of Stay

(days) By Air By Land

1 2010 602,867 18.2 448,800 154,067 12.67 2 2011 736,215 22.1 545,221 190,994 13.12 3 2012 803,092 9.1 598,258 204,834 12.16 4 2013 797,616 -0.7 594,848 202,768 12.60 5 2014 790,118 -0.9 585,981 204,137 12.44 6 2015 538,970 -32.0 405,995 132,975 13.16 7 2016 753,002 40.0 572,563 180,439 13.40 8 2017 940,218 25.0 760,577 179,641 12.60 9 2018 1,173,072 24.7 969,287 204,785

Source: Nepal Tourism Statistics, 2018



In Pokhara, the average length of stay is 4 days. Based on the tourist arrival trend analysis of previous years it is estimated that about 22 percent of the tourist arrived in the country visit Pokhara, and hence Pokhara has become a major tourist destination in Nepal. The number of tourist visited to Pokhara was 176,680 in 2012. This number decreased in 2015, but the number has increased in recent years. According to the Ministry of Industry, Tourism, Forest and Environment (MoITFE) of Gandaki Province, 38,757 tourists visited Pokhara in the month of November 2018 alone. Tourism development activities in Pokhara are concentrated in lakeside area (Ward 6) which is also the service area of proposed project. Besides the major contribution of tourism in business and other income earning activities the sector including hotel, lodges, travel agent and tracking agents generates direct employment to about 5,000 local people. All this tourism related economic activities in Pokhara will gravely be affected if Phewa Lake could not be saved implementing the proposed wastewater management project. 5.3.5.2 Income and Expenditure Acoording to the household sample survey, the average monthly income of the HHs in the project area was found to be NRs. 51,000. On the other hand, the monthly expenditure of the HHs in the project area was found to be around NRs 37,580. While food, education and health are the major sectors of expenditure, water and sanitation are also among the priority field of expenditure for the households. Among the respondents, 64.7% reported that they have to empty their septic tank only after 5 years whereas 8.8 % must have to empty it within 3 to 5 years. 26.5% HH must have to empty their septic tank within 2-3 year’s time period. It was also recorded that the septic tank cleaning cost varied from Nrs 3,000 Nrs to NRs 6,000 per cleaning trip. 83.34% of the respondents wanted improvement in present wastewater management system by the government. The major reasons given for the desired change were for the better health of the lake ecosystem and to reduce their septic tank cleaning problem or cost. 5.3.5.3 Housing The total number of houses or housing units in Pokhara municipal area accounted for 105,630 (PMC, 2018). As per the data of CBS of 2011, the number of household in municipality by ownership is presented in Table 25. Out of the total houses; 27,919 houses (41%) are occupied by the owners themselves for residential and other purposes. Almost 55%, i.e. 27,472 of the houses have been rented for residential and business purpose, whereas 1,455 (2%) of the houses are owned by various institutions, and the rest 1,390 (2%) houses have other type of ownership or mixed ownership.

Table 25: House/housing unit by Ownership the Project Area Municipality Total Ownership of house/housing unit

Owned Rented Institutional Other Former Pokhara Lekhnath Metropolitan City

68,236 27,919 37,472 1,455 1,390

Source: CBS census, 2011



The type or quality of shelter (housing) is one of the indicators of economic status of the citizen. The general observation reveals that the material used for constructing residential building vary with the location of the area, the year of construction, availability of local materials and economic status of the owners. Table 26 shows the type of foundation of house. Out of the total 68236 houses in municipality nearly half (31860) of the houses have cement bounded brick or stone foundation followed by 27669 houses RCC with pillar foundation, whereas 7588 houses have mud bounded bricks or stone foundation and 273 housed have wooden pillar in rural section of the municipality.

Table 26: Households by foundation of house/housing unit Types of foundation

Mud bonded bricks/stone

Cement bonded bricks/stone

RCC with pillar

Wooden pillar

Others Not Stated

Percent share (%)

11.1 46.7 40.5 0.4 0.5 0.7

Types of roof

Thatch/straw G. Iron Tile/slate RCC Wood Others Not stated

Percent share (%)

0.5 31.1 0.4 66.8 0.1 0.3 0.8

Source: CBS census, 2011 Regarding the types of roof a large number of houses have RCC roof. As the table shows 45603 or 67% of the houses particularly in urban area have RCC roof. The houses with corrugated galvanized iron sheet account for 21236 in number, whereas 322 houses have thatch/straw roof, 250 houses have tile/slate and 62 houses have wood planks roof. Type of household facility is also an indicator of economic status of the people. About 98 percent of the households in the municipality have at least one facility such as television/radio, computer/internet, telephone/mobile, vehicle, refrigerator etc, whereas about 2 percent of the household do not have such facility. 5.3.6 Water Supply, Public Health, and Sanitation 5.3.6.1 Water Supply In Pokhara valley, about 94.13% household have access to piped water supply and others use spring/spouts, River/stream, well/tubewell, etc. Piped water supply system from the Baldhara spring in Sarangkot built in 1921 is most probably the first piped water supply system in the Metropolitan City. A water supply and an irrigation system from Bhoti Khola constructed in 1965 still serve the population in the city. A Water Supply and Sewerage Disposal committee formed in 1974 developed Kalimuda Water Supply System in 1980. Mardi Muhan water supply system was developed to serve the growing population of Pokhara valley in 1988. Later in 1999, the Mardi Khola system was upgraded under the Urban Water Supply and Sanitation Rehabilitation project. Some hotels and hospital are also using private wells. Total production of different systems in 2000 was 23.4 million liters per day (MLD) and demand was 25.3 MLD, a 1.9 MLD short fall in supply (Land Use Concept Plan Report, 2000). Water supply sources being used in the city are presented in Table 26. Around 94% households have access to piped water supply system. Households using spring/spout, river/stream, uncovered well/kuwa, covered well/kuwa, tube well or hand pump are, 1.71%, 0.37%, 0.37%, 0.24%, and 0.18% respectively.



Table 27: Households by Main Source of Drinking Water Main source of drinking water

Pipedwater Spring/ Spout

River/stream

Uncoveredwell/kuwa

Coveredwwell/kuwa

Tubewell /handpump

Others Not Stated

94.13 1.71 0.37 0.37 0.24 0.18 2.65 0.36 Source: CBS census, 2011 5.3.6.2 Health and Sanitation As the project area lies within Pokhara Metropolitan City, health services in the project area are delivered through the existing sub-health post, health posts, medical college, zonal hospital and well facilitated private hospitals, which is satisfactory to the desired level. Hospital level service is available in the district headquarter Pokhara. Health condition of the people in the project area is satisfactory. However, according to the health sources, people generally suffer from minor skin disease, ear infection, urinary tract infection, chronic bronchitis, gastrointestinal, injuries and fractures, diarrhoea, diabetes, abdominal pain, toothache, and others. Level of awareness towards improved health and sanitation, particularly towards the safe drinking water, use of toilets, etc. is high in the project area. 5.3.6.3 Solid Waste Management Municipal solid waste management is carried by Pokhara Metropolitan City (PMC) office. The landfill site is located around 7 km the project service area. According to PMC, around 50 to 55 tons of waste is collected on a daily basis out of 117 tons generated per day (PMC, 2017). PMC has also engaged private sector in municipal SWM. Resrouce recovery from waste is also promoted by the municipality through community mobilization. Women’s groups and youth clubs are also seen active in waste minimization activities. 5.3.7 Cultural Aspects The project area is culturally diverse due to settlement of multi-ethnic groups that have come to Pokhara from the mid-hills and high mountains of western Nepal. About 85% of people are Hindu followed by Buddhist. Rest other religions of Islam and Christian are in minority. The cultural sites in the project service area of the proposed Phewa Lake Waste Water Management Project are considered to be as follows;

• Phewa Lake having maximum length of 4 km and width 2 km with the surface area of 5.23 km2

• Tal Barahi Temple is located on a small island in the middle of Phewa Lake just off shore from the lake side.

• Kedareswore Mandir and Miteri Park are located very close to Fishtail Lodge • Old Bazaar area (old heritage site of Pokhara) is said to be a historical Newari bazaar

which is extended in the heart of the city just south beneath the Bindabasini Temple • Bindabasini Temple is located in ward number. 2 on the top of a small hillock at the north

end of the old bazaar around 6 km from the lake side. Other notable cultural sites that are outside the project service area are Peace Stupa (World Heritage Pagoda) which is a massive Buddhist Stupa located on a hilltop (Rani Ban) just south of Phewa Lake, Bhadrakali Temple and Buddhist Monastry situated at Matepani on the eastern side of Seti river. Similarly, there are several number of Tibetan refugee camps in Pokhara.



5.4 Stretch-wise details of environmental situation along sewer alignment The study team studied also the stretch-wise environmental aspects of the sewer alignment in relation to the environmental and social sensitivities in relation to the proposed project activities. Walk through survey, general public consultations and key informant informations were recorded during the field study. The following table summarizes the environmental and social status and concerns along the sewer alignment;

Table 28: Environmental & Social conditions in different sewer stretches and Environmental Sensitivities

SN Alignment Stretch Concerns Remarks 1 Stretch 1:

Gairiko Chautara to Halan Chowk

The installation of secondary sewer line, if not conducted with precautions, will pollute the shore of Phewa Lake

The temporary disturbance due to laying of main trunk pipeline is a concern, however, the density of settlements and local commercial establishments is relatively lower

Environmental sensitivity is higher

2 Stretch 2: Halan Chowk to Talbarahi Chowk

The installation of secondary sewer line, if not conducted with precautions, will pollute the shore of Phewa Lake

The temporary disturbance due to laying of main trunk pipeline is a concern, and as the density of settlements and local commercial establishments is relatively higher - there is a larger social concern in this stretch

There will be a pumping station at Talbarahi Chowk, so the need of development of a pumping station will cause some environmental concerns in this stretch. Some trees will need to be cleared

3 Stretch 3: Talbarahi Chowk to Miteri Park and Rastra Bank Road

There will be only main trunk from Talbarahi chowk to Miteri park sub-section. So, the impacts will be relatively less in this sub-section.

At Rastra Bank chowk, Secondary-2 and Secondary-3 sewer lines also need to be installed, so there will be some concerns of obstruction of road in this area. This area has more of public service outlets like the police station, government offices, and banks. Hence, this will be a concern if the road remains blocked for long time.

The main sewer trunk crosses Bulaundi khola, and this activity will pose some concern over pollution of the river and its downstream

Public service concerns may arise

4 Stretch 4: Rastra Bank Road to Treatment Plant

The sewer line passes through narrow roads after it crosses the Siddhartha Highway

The treatment plant site is private land, and is also cultivated. Hence, crop compensation and land acquisition are the concerns

Higher social concerns



6. IMPACT IDENTIFICAATION, PREDICTION AND EVALUATION

Development of the sewerage system and wastewater treatment plant will have both beneficial and adverse environmental impacts during its construction and operation phase. These impacts may be direct or indirect, reversible or irreversible. Impacts may be high, medium or low in terms of magnitude and may be site-specific, local, regional or of national in nature. Some of the impacts may be short-term, particularly related to construction stage, medium term and long terms that may exist for long-run. 6.1 Beneficial Impacts It is expected that the PLWWM Project will have positive impacts during construction and operation phases. The followings are the benefits; 6.1.1 Construction Phase (a) Employment opportunity The project will create short-term construction jobs and incomes for local population, including poor people. The construction of the new WWTP and its associated facilities will have positive economic effect through employment generation. During the construction phase, services of local sub-contractors will be used - which will generate job opportunities for skilled and unskilled workers in addition to services of engineers and others. Approximately 9000 man days will be required for the project where 3000 man days will be skilled and semi skilled human resource and 6000 man days will be unskilled manpower for the completion of project. The impact is direct nature, moderate in magnitude, regional extent and medium term in duration. (b) Skill enhancement Although many people in the project area are found unskilled at present, the construction of the water supply system and the distribution network is likely to enhance their skills in plumbing, fittings and other construction works. Furthermore, the project will also give on-job practical trainings to the workers which will enhance their technical skills. The skill and knowledge acquired from the project during construction will enhance employment opportunities of local people who can earn livelihoods from similar projects in the future. The impact is direct in nature, moderate in magnitude, regional in extent and long term in nature.



(c) Economic benefits to the local markets Economical benefits to local communities are expected to increase through procurement of local daily commodities for the workforce and due to procurement of construction materials from the local market. The use of local restaurants, hotels and businesses facilities by the workforce will have incremental impacts on the local markets. The impact is of indirect nature, low magnitude, local extent and medium term in duration. 6.1.2 Operational Phase The project will have economic, social and health and environment benefits to local communities during the operation phase as well. Followings are the beneficial impacts of the project operations; (a) Improvement in water discharge quality As soon as the project construction is completed, the most immediate and direct beneficial impacts of the proposed treatment plant’s construction will be the cessation of the discharge of untreated waste water to the Phewa Lake and also Phusre khola. As consequence, the local environmental conditions will be improved which can be expected to benefit to both the local population and to downstream users. Operation of the proposed treatment plant will make significant reductions in the existing nutrient loads from the untreated wastewater discharge. The impact is direct in nature, significant in magnitude, local in extent and long term in duration. (b) Employment and economic benefits The locals who are eligible will be employed during the operation phase of the project. Officers, Technicians, operators, lab workers, administrative staff, drivers and guards will be required for the operation of the project on regular basis. The regular salaries will be the primary economic benefit to the locals. The impact is direct as well as indirect in nature, of moderate in magnitude, local in extent and long term in duration. (c) Quality of Life Values The project is expected to increase the existing quality of life values due to improvement in personal, household and community hygiene practices and health situations. Social benefits include comfort brought about through improvement of natural environment and scenes. Moreover, health and environmental benefits can be achieved through improvement of water quality. It includes reduced health risks and reduced adverse effects on human health and



associated loss of working time, medical costs and so on. Ward 5 and ward 8 have to be considered as benefit areas as sanitation problem of those areas shall be improved after implementation of the proposed project. The impact is direct as well as indirect in nature, of high to moderate in magnitude, local in extent and long term in duration. 6.2 Adverse Impacts There is environmental sensitivity as this project is a waste water management project. The fact that the secondary sewer lines need to be laid along the shore of Phewa lake also adds to the environmental sensitivity. Adverse environmental impacts on the physical, biological, socio-economic and cultural environments during design, construction and operation phases are discussed here in details. Most of the impacts will be localized, not greatly significant, and relatively small during construction and operation phases. 6.2.1 Design Phase Selection of proper technology, selection of sites and alignment, and social considerations during the design phase need to be considered. The design aspects related to the potential environmental concerns that have been studied and discussed with the technical team are as follows; 6.2.1.1 Alignment and site location which may trigger erosion and land instabilities Identification of erosion-prone areas prior to construction is important to prevent or minimize soil erosion, sedimentation. To mitigate these adverse impacts, it is necessary to incorporate drainage plans into the project design, identify measures and sites for handling excessive spoil materials, and stabilize unstable pit. Laying of pipelines too close to the Phewa Lake will deteriorate the aquatic quality of the lake. On the other hand, laying pipelines through the main roads also need to consider the disturbance to the local people, their business and also their safety aspects. 6.2.1.2 Effect on Greenery The design and specifications should consider minimum vegetation clearance. Felling of protected species of trees should be avoided. Basundhara Park and Miteri Park are among the local green sections with sparse vegetation. The EIA study team has discussed with the project’s technical design team to alignments which causes relatively less loss of vegetation. 6.2.1.3 Odour dispersion Odour dispersion should be considered for the WWTP site as part of the design phase to determine appropriate odor management measures that will need to be established. Since the activated sludge process will have lesser odour in comparison to odors emitted from waste



stabilization ponds, the design of WWTP with ASP was favoured. Some of the measures include covering the inlet works as typically majority of the odors are emitted from raw sewage. Wastewater sludge reduction measures using the latest available appropriate technologies will be used in the design. 6.2.2 Construction Phase 6.2.2.1 Physical Environment (a) Change in Landuse

Existing land use of 3.66 ha. area will be permanently changed and converted to waste water treatment plant and its facilities. Land of seven persons will need to be acquired. Also, a parcel of the open space inside the compound of Nepal Trust at Talbarahi chowk will also be converted to pumping station. The impact is direct in nature, low in magnitude, site specific in extent and long term in duration. (b) Soil erosion and slope instability due to excavation

Impacts likely to occur from the improvement and construction of sewerage systems will include trench excavations and topsoil stripping, which may induce soil erosion and slope instability. This will be an issue particularly where interceptors will be constructed. Haphazard disposal of spoil materials may create erosion problems, disturbances to the existing drainage lines, and changes to the existing land use practices. Impacts of surface water discharges on the local drainage from trench excavation is also a concern. Deep excavations can intercept and interfere with the local groundwater thereby affecting flows from irrigation canals and springs, thus causing water shortages.

The impact is direct in nature, low in magnitude, site specific in extent and medium term in duration. (c) Impacts on local water bodies and soil

The construction of the sewerage system could have impacts on the Phewa lake and Bulaundi khola (Phirke khola). Water pollution problems could occur because of the dumping of spoil materials into the lake or the khola, and also due to excavation of boulders from the river channel, direct disposal of liquid wastes, and leakage of oil and lubricants. Dumping of wastes or discharging wastewater effluents from toilets into the river can pollute the river water, making it unhealthy for downstream users. Land pollution may be caused improper storage of construction aggregates, hazardous toxic materials, lubricating oils, used tyres, and exhausted batteries; and disposing of chemical containers, packaging materials, plastic bags, etc. Workers’ campsite is



proposed to be built in barren land of Gharipatan area of ward 17. These concerns will be high especially during peak construction phase when the number of workers from outside could be at highest number. Incomplete decommissioning, and haphazard disposal of waste generated during decommissioning is also a concern causing pollution to the local water bodies. It is estimated that around 3,343 m3 of spoil will be generated during excavation of sewer pipelines for this project as shown in Table 29. In addition to this, there will be generation of around 30 m3 spoil from excavations for man-holes, and around 5,000 m3 spoil from excavation works in the treatment plant site. This spoil, totals to 8,370 m3 of spoil, and if this spoil is disposed haphazardly will cause water pollution, and land degradation in the project area.

Table 29: Estimation of spoil volume from excavation of sewer pipeline networks

SN Length (m) External diameter (m)

Cross section area (sq. m.)

Spoil Volume (cubic meters)

1 500 0.3 0.07 35.36 2 2205 0.7 0.38 848.93 3 2860 1 0.78 2247.14 4 2476 0.3 0.07 175.09 5 301 0.3 0.07 21.29 6 215 0.3 0.07 15.20

Total 3343.00

The impact is direct in nature, moderate in magnitude, local in extent and short term in duration. (d) Air pollution, noise nuisance, and vibrations

Earth excavation, construction materials’ transportation and stockpiling, aggregate crushing, drilling, quarrying, and plying of vehicles will produce dust (TSP, PM10), hydrocarbons (CO, CO2, CH4, SO2, NOx, H2S, etc.), noise, and vibrations. Plying of trucks on non-metallic roads will produce huge amounts of dust that can deteriorate the air quality and increase the noise levels to above 90 dB. Typical noise emissions from various construction equipments that will be used in the construction sites are;

Table 30: Typical Noise emissions from construction equipments SN Equipment Typical sound pressure level, dB

(at 15 m source distance) Remarks

1 Air Compressor 75-87 2 Backhoe 71-92 3 Compactor 72 4 Concrete mixer 75-88 5 Front loader 72-81



SN Equipment Typical sound pressure level, dB (at 15 m source distance)

Remarks

6 Generator 72-82 7 Pumps 70-90 8 Stone crusher 85-95 9 Tractors, Dozers 78-95 10 Trucks 83-93 11 Concrete vibrators 68-81 Hence, use of these equipments close to sensitive receptors like schools and hospitals, and operation of these equipment during sensitive times like early mornings, late nights, during community/social functions will cause disturbances. Long term and continuous exposure to these sound levels for the workforce will also trigger or cause health problems in the workforce. The impact will be direct in nature, moderate in magnitude, site specific to local in extent in some cases, and short term to medium term in duration. (e) Waste Disposal Haphazard disposal of solid waste from workers’ campsites in the vicinity of water bodies and at open spaces could be a concern. Chances of open defecation by outside workers will also be a concern to local environment. Construction waste from campsites and construction sites are also sometimes disturbing the local environment. Assuming that per capita waste generation of a worker is 0.25 kg/day, and expecting that there will be around 75 persons in a campsite including the labourers, helpers and supervisors, it is expected that there will be generation of around 18.75 kg of waste per day. Though this waste is not a big volume, if not managed, it will deteriorate the local environment. The impact will be direct in nature, moderate in magnitude, site specific, and short term to medium term in duration. 6.2.2.2 Biological Environment (a) Loss of vegetation cover and forest resources

Construction activities will likely affect flora and fauna of the affected zone as a part of site clearance. However, the area to be acquired is more or less devoid of any category of forest except with few agro-forestry and fodder species along marginal land of crop field. The project will result in loss of vegetation cover and cultivated land as a part of site clearance. This impact is unavoidable. However, project will consider plantation of endemic species during land reclamation.

Based on botanical studies, trees are less represented within the project area. A very few and common trees are found along the proposed Sewer Trunk alignment, pumping station and treatment plant sites. There will be need of felling 6 sisau trees, 9 khirro trees, 4 Kangiyo



rukh/trees, and 2 bakaino trees (Table 13). This totals 21 trees, and there will be loss of 6.9 m3 of tree volume (Annex 7). None of the Red List Species have been observed. Most of the trees/ vegetation cover in areas are aligned along the road sides and will not be affected as the main sewer line will be laid in the middle of the roads. During the construction phase of the pumping station and treatment plant, only few trees of low value at the site will be removed which are not a significant habitat for animal species.

During the construction stage, workers and their dependents may collect forest resources for their cooking and heating requirements from the nearby Rithepani forest of Pokhara Metropolitan City which is located close to the proposed project. This may result over exploitation of forest resources. However, this impact will be negligible or non-existent if local people could be used for construction activities as proposed. In addition, the contractor may encourage workers to collect firewood for bitumen heating if resources are not monitored during construction phase. The rate of alcohol brewing at local level may increase to cater the construction crew, which might accelerate consumption of firewood leading to loss of forest. The impact is direct in nature, moderate in magnitude, site specific in extent and long term in duration. (b) Disturbance to local acquatic systems Inadequate precautions during laying of seconday sewer line along the shore of Phewa lake, and laying of crossing in the Bulaundi khola are the major construction related works that will have potentiality of pollution to the water bodies. Similarly, discharge of wastewater into these water bodies, washing activities by workforce, and disposal of waste by workforce will have aggravating impact on the health of Phewa lake and Bulaundi khola if not controlled. The impact is direct in nature, moderate in magnitude, local in extent and medium term in duration. 6.2.2.3 Chemical Environment

Spill over of chemicals, noxious elements and vehicular emission during construction will be common phenomenon. This will lead to ground and surface water contamination due to leakage of spills. Pollution to water sources including irrigation canal due to sewer overflows and possible open defecation by the workforce is another type of likely adverse impact. Pollution due to mishandling of chemicals during its transportation and mixing will have some adverse impact though it will be confined and limited within the construction site. Improper use and handling of chemicals including gasoline, mobile and grease for construction equipments and material transport vehicles may affect the surrounding environment including water bodies and crop field. The impact is direct in nature, low in magnitude, site specific in extent and medium term in duration.



6.2.2.4 Socio Economic and Cultural Environment

(a) Occupational health and safety (OHS), & Community safety

Workforce will be directly exposed to dust, gaseous emission, noise and vibration. They also may be at risk of occupational injury or accident. Therefore, they will be made aware of the possible risks and incidents before going to work. Safety devices like helmet, boots, gloves, eye shields, ear plugs etc. will be provided to workers on the basis of as and when required. In many cases, contractor provides safety items only one time for the whole construction period. This will be strictly monitored by the established environmental management unit. Local people, especially the elderly & children, and the tourist may face safety risks while the earthworks are ongoing for the purpose of laying of sewer pipelines, and at the pumping station, and clearance works at the WWTP site. Unaware or casual entry to stockpiles and stores may also cause accidents. The impact is direct as well as indirect in nature, moderate to high in magnitude, site specific in extent and short to long term in duration. (b) Pressure on basic facilities and social services

Influx workers will use supplied water in case of inadequacy in their working site, which will add pressure on the present situation and adversely affect the situation. Construction workers wash clothes and open bathing that leads to degrade aesthetic value of the area temporarily. Excessive discharge of such untreated effluent may contaminate downstream water quality that in turn would affect aquatic ecosystem. There will be increase in local road traffic due to frequent movement of construction vehicles. The roads will be obstructed during laying of the main trunk sewer line. There will be temporary damages to the local urban road furnitures like the chautaris and drains during excavation works for the main trunk. Current health services of the project area will not be sufficient for additional workforce. Temporary pressure on available health services due to high volume of construction crew along with the workforce will therefore occur. Extra health facilities will be required for the project’s workforce so that construction crew will not have additional pressure on existing service facilities. The impact will be indirect in nature, low in magnitude, site specific in extent and short term in duration.



(c) Disturbance to local transportation The excavation works and pipe laying works will disturb the local commute systems. Though the works will be carried out in short stretches, the interlinking roads will be disturbed. The disturbances will be more concerning in the Phewa Lake Side area. It will also be a major concern during monsoon season. The impact will be direct in nature, moderate in magnitude, site specific in extent and short term in duration. (d) Disturbance to socio-economic system and cultural values

Construction workers may disrespect local culture, feast and archaeological sites if contractor brings labour from other parts of the country. This may lead to disharmony among locals and outsiders as a result, conflict may arise during construction. General trend is that the contractors do not wish to hire workforce from the local area. It is because local people mostly demand high wages and would have higher level of bargainings. Sometimes they stop work and start to politicize issues and vandalize construction activities. The impact is indirect in nature, low in magnitude, site specific in extent and short term in duration. (e) Community health, hygiene, and sanitation

Construction workers may go for open defecation due to lack or inadequacy of toilets. Built-up toilets may be closely located and drained out to nearby water bodies. This may lead to contamination of water bodies. Workers may consume different food items and produce degradable and non-degradable wastes. They may dispose waste materials haphazardly due to limited knowledge of health, hygiene and sanitation. Such condition may induce health hazard by spreading communicable disease as the area experiences high temperature during hot summer though lying on the valley of mid-hills. In such environment, bacterial infection could be spread beyond control. The impact is indirect in nature, moderate in magnitude, site specific in extent and short term to medium term in duration. (f) Increase in social disputes

As income increases, consumption of alcohol also increases proportionately as in other projects. This may increase alcohol brewing and selling in order to meet growing demand. This would, if not addressed timely and adequately, invite disharmony among local people and construction crews. Possibilities of infectious diseases e.g. STDs and HIV/AIDS may also increase during the



construction phase. This will be minimized by conducting project-people harmonizing tools such as awareness campaign, meetings with local people and construction crews and sometime getting help from local security forces. Discouraging local alcohol sale within the vicinity of the project area will help to minimize such issues. The impact is indirect in nature, low in magnitude, site specific in extent and short term in duration. (g) Gender discrimination

Gender discrimination may occur as the contractor may not be sensitive to gender equity and thus male and female involved in construction works may not get equal labour wages. For the sake of low rate labour, contractors use women and sometimes child labour. There are also cases of low wage payments and late payment of wages by hiring the ultra-poor labourers who are most needy of the work. The impact is indirect in nature, low in magnitude, site specific in extent and short term in duration.

(h) Loss of private land, and damage to existing facilities In total project needs 3.66 ha. of land, and out of that only some land parcels at the site of treatment plant are private land. The following table provides the list of private land parcels to be acquired for the WWTP site and its area along with owners details as per information received till end of December 2018 (any further information received will be updated in the report);

Table 31: List of land parcels to be acquired and the name of owners SN Name of land owner Kitta Number Area

(Ropani-Ana-Dam-Piasa) 1 Santu Shrestha, Pokhara 880 05-11-1-1 2 Nirajan Shrestha, Pokhara 6 872 00-08-2-1 3 Santaman Shrestha, Pokhara 7 873 01-11-3-3 4 Santaman Shrestha, Pokhara 7 874 04-07-0-1 5 Batuli Shrestha, Pokhara 6 875 00-06-0-0 6 Seti Shrestha, Pokhara 6 878 01-11-3-3 7 Nirajan Shrestha, Pokhara 6 879 01-07-0-2 8 Nirajan Shrestha, Pokhara 6 872 00-00-2-1 9 Kaddi Bahadur Biswakarma, Syangja 7143 00-05-0-0

10 Santu Kumari Shrestha, Pokhara 6 15740 01-04-3-1 11 Seti Shrestha, Pokhara 6 15741 12-11-0-0 12 Batuli Shrestha, Pokhara 6 3911 02-02-1-3 13 Suresh Kandel 34706 01-06-0-0

Source: Survey Office, Pokhara, 2018



Similarly, land for Pumping Station needs to be acquired at Talbarahi Chwok. A total of 0.075 ha. land needs to be acquired for this. The land is under the property of Nepal Trust. So, the land doesn’t need to be bought, but the project needs to get consent from the Nepal Trust office for its use. The impact is direct in nature, moderate in magnitude, site specific in extent and medium term to long term in duration. 6.2.3 Operation and Maintenance Phase 6.2.3.1 Air Quality, Noise and Odour Nuisance Air quality impact that may be caused by the proposed project results from the potential increase in project-related activities. The primary pollutants associated with vehicular exhaust emissions are NOx and CO. The project will not increase traffic volumes, reduce source receptor distances or change other existing conditions to such a degree as to increase air pollutants emissions. No long term impacts to air quality are anticipated. The process of wastewater collection, conveying or treatment under Phewa Lake Waste Water Management has the potential to generate and release odors to the surrounding area. However, most odor problems occur in the collection system, in primary treatment facilities and in solids handling facilities. In most instances, the odors are generated as a result of an anaerobic or "septic" condition. Although there are many common odors associated with treatment plants, H2S is the most prevalent malodorous gas associated with domestic wastewater collection and treatment. The conditions leading to H2S formation usually favor the production of other odorous gases, such as ammonia and mercaptants, which may have considerably higher detectable odor thresholds, and consequently H2S may be an indicator of their presence. Exposure of receptors to levels of hydrogen sulfide above 5ppb can lead to odor nuisance. The treatment plant site is located in peri-urban area with very few houses near-by. The odor produced will have low negative impact in the settlement area. Odor is expected to be produced at pretreatment part in case of inappropriate handling of grit/grease removal. The impact will be direct in nature, moderate in magnitude, local in extent, and short term in duration. 6.2.3.2 Impact on water bodies/sources Discharge of untreated or semi-treated waste water into the Phusre khola may affect the water quality of the source water of downstream projects and users. This would produce adverse impacts on the river water quality, fish and other biota during the period of the release and for a short period. Two water supply projects were seen to be using downstream Phusre khola as source of their water supply projects, and they will be adversely impacted. The impact will be direct in nature, moderate in magnitude, local in extent, and medium term in duration.



6.2.3.3 Impact on Soil During the operation phase, production of sludge is considered the significant aspects disturbing the quality of the soil. The treated sewage sludge has significant organic matter content and contains macronutrients and micronutrients essential for plant growth. However, it can also contain potential contaminants such as heavy metals, organic contaminants and pathogens. The main environmental concern about utilization of sewage sludge on land is the accumulation of heavy metals in soils and a possible contamination of the food chain. Most municipal wastes, sewage sludge in particular, contain high concentrations of mineral nutrients (N, P, Ca, etc.), but may also contain toxic heavy metals. As heavy metals generally are much higher concentrated in sewage sludge than commonly found in soils, the concentration of extractable heavy metals in soils such as Cd, Zn, Cu and Ni can be increased by sludge application to soil. Moreover, the fine particle structure of pure sewage sludge sometimes causes problems during application to soil. The fine particles have a low water retention capacity, and beside the nutrient supply do not improve the soil quality, especially of sandy soils, significantly. The impact will be direct in nature, moderate in magnitude, site specific in extent, and short term to medium term in duration. 6.2.3.4 Occupational & Community Health and Safety Site manager, supporting staff, operators and guards will be the workers who will be engaged in the project during operation phase. Possible accidents, drawings and injuries for residents and workers can be considered a significant negative impact. There is a possibility of mosquito/flies breeding in the open/other ponds and channels of the treatment plant, which can cause nuisance to the people during the summer months. Under worse condition, occurrence of fire is not possible unless the system does not function properly and create explosive situations. The impact will be direct, low to moderate in magnitude, local in extent and medium term in duration. Evaluation has been conducted for these impacts. The combined score up to 44 is termed as insignificant impact; 45-74 is termed as Significant and beyond 75 is termed as very significant impact. Following table summarizes the evaluations of the impacts;

Table 32: Evaluation of the Impacts Impacts Nature Magnitude Extent Duration Total score and

significance Beneficial Impacts Construction stage Employment Opportunity Direct M (20) Re (60) Mt (10) Very Significant (90) Enhancement of Skills Direct M (20) Re (60) Lt (20) Very Significant (100) Economic benefits to the local markets

Indirect L (20) Lc (20) Mt (10) Significant (50)



Impacts Nature Magnitude Extent Duration Total score and significance

Operation Stage Improvement in water discharge quality

Direct H (60) Lc (20) Lt (20) Very Significant (100)

Employment and economic benefits

Direct as well as Indirect

M (20) Lc (20) Mt (10) Significant (50)

Quality of Life Values M (20) to H (60)

Lc (20) Lt (20) Significant (60) to Very Significant (100)

Adverse Impacts Construction stage Physical Environment Change in Landuse Direct L (10) Ss (10) Lt (20) Insignificant (40) Soil erosion and land instability Direct L (10) Ss (10) Mt (10) Insignificant (40) Impact on local water bodies and soil

Direct M (20) Lc (20) St (5) Significant (45)

Air Pollution, Noise nuisance and vibration

Direct M (20) Ss (10) to Lc (20)

St (5) to Mt (10)

Insignificant (35) to Significant (50)

Waste Disposal Direct M (20) Lc (20) St (5) Significant (45) Biological Environment Loss of vegetation cover and forest resources

Direct M (20) Ss (10) Lt (20) Significant (50)

Impacts on local aquatic system Direct M (20) Lc (20) Mt (10) Significant (50) A Chemical Environment Direct L (10) Ss (10) Mt (10) Insignificant (30) A Socio-economic and Cultural Environment Occupational health and safety; and Community Safety

Direct M (20) to H (60)

Ss (10) St (5) to Lt (20)

Significant (35) to Very Significant (90)

Pressure on basic facilities and social services

Indirect L (10) Ss (10) St (5) Insignificant (25)

Disturbance to local traffic Direct M (20) Ss (10) St (5) Insignificant (35) Disturbance to socio-economic system and cultural values

Indirect L (10) Lc (20) Mt (10) Insignificant (40)

Community health, hygiene, and sanitation

Indirect M (20) Ss (10) St (5) to Mt (10)

Insignificant (35 to 40)

Increase in social disputes Indirect L (10) Ss (10) St (5) Insignificant (25) Gender discrimination Direct L (10) Ss (10) St (5) Insignificant (25) Loss of private land, and damage to existing facilities

Direct M (20) Ss (10) Mt (10) to Lt(20)

Insignificant (40) to Significant (50)

Operation & Maintenance Stage Air quality, noise and odour nuisance

Direct M (20) Lc (20) St (5) Significant (45)



Impacts Nature Magnitude Extent Duration Total score and significance

Impact on water bodies and sources

Direct M (20) Lc (20) Mt (10) Significant (50)

Impact on soil Direct M (20) Ss (10) Mt (10) Insignificant (40) Occupational health and safety Direct M (20) Lc (20) Mt (10) Significant (50) Community health and safety Direct L (10) Lc (20) Mt (10) Insignificant (40)

The focus of study and design of mitigations will be focused for significant issues. However, the other issues will be also taken equally seriously for the overall study process. 6.3 Residual and Cumulative Adverse Impacts The predicted overall residual impact of the proposed project on land, soils and geology and hydrogeology both during construction and operational stage will be very low. However, no matter what mitigating measures are used, some residual negative impacts will remain throughout the life of the project as given in table 33 below;

Table 33: Residual Impacts

SN Impacts Residual Impacts 1 Air pollution and noise nuisance Some dust and vehicular emissions will escape and have

minimum impacts on agricultural land, vegetation and the people. Some unavoidable noise disturbance could exist during peak construction period.

2 Social disharmony, and Odour nuisance

Inflow of outside workforce will be there which may arise some differences Buffer zone around the wastewater treatment plant and sludge drying beds will not mitigate odours 100%. Some odour will still diffuse around.

3 Due to incomplete treatment of wastewater

Fluctuations of loading rates in the wastewater treatment plant could reduce its efficiency as designed thereby reducing the effluent quality. Load shedding which is a situation in Nepal and the unavailability of fuel for the standby generators (due to frequent strikes) would also decrease the efficiency of treatment.

There will be no environmental trans-boundary and cumulative impacts e.g. air pollution, abstraction of water, loss of habitat or pollution of international waterways.



6.4 Consultations and Public Hearing

6.4.1 Consultations with local communities and stakeholders

Government of Nepal (GoN) has provided ample of opportunity to get involved local community formally in developing process since introduction of EIA studies. Rule 4 (1), 7 (2) and 11 (2) of EPR 1997 has facilitated people or any stakeholders to involve in EIA process immediately after project inception. Government of Nepal has envisaged improving the water quality of Phewa Lake which has its own cultural, economic, social and environmental value. Local people have also shown very keen interest to develop Waste water treatment plant and make the water of Phewa Lake clean and pure. 6.4.2 Public Notice and Public Hearing

Following Rule 4 (1) of EPR 1997 the proponent (FWSSMP/Kaski, DWSSM) published notice in the National daily newspaper “Himalayan Times” on 2070/6/25, during the preparations of Scoping and ToR documents. Notice requested all stakeholders to send their concerns, comments and suggestions in regard to the project's positive and likely negative impacts within the stipulated time period.

Local people and stakeholders raised their concerns during Scoping Exercise that have been attached in the approved Scoping document. Right from beginning of EIA process to current state, all stakeholders have consensus view towards project implementation as early as possible. However, the project should consider the people's concern coordinating DCC, all political representatives and district level stakeholders and PMC (the then PLMC).

EIA study team has already prepared Scoping Document, Terms of References (ToR) and draft Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) report which was primarily guided by the EPR 1997 and its first amendment 1999 and was based on Review Criteria for EIA and its Associated Documents 2000. Scoping and TOR documents were approved by the Environment Ministry on 2074/09/12 B.S. through secretarial decision of GoN. EIA study had thus been undertaken after approval of these documents. The public hearing is one of the mandatory part of Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) procedure as primarily prescribed by the Environment Protection Rules 1997 and its amendments. After the completion of preliminary report, a public notice was issued to the local people nearby the site for the public consultation. Public hearing was conducted on 21st September 2018 (2075/06/05). Participants from various organizations including political representatives of different political parties, local intellectuals, government officials, and local people were invited. Public hearing has been carried out at covering all project affected ward of Pokhara Metropolitan City. Public hearings have been carried out after preparing the draft of EIA. For Public Hearing,



a leaflet has been prepared in Nepali language with major findings, potential impacts and suggestions as well as suggested mitigation measures and has been distributed to all concerned stakeholders during Public Hearing Programme. The program has been conducted with participation of representatives of municipality, DFO, DAO, NGOs, NWSC Pokhara, CBOs, political parties and other public representatives. Further, the recommendation letters shall also be collected from all project affected rural and urban municipalities and shall be attached to the final EIA report. The major concerns that the locals put forward during the public consultation event are as follows; Collaboration and coordination between the staff of ward offices; and also with/among

other public service departments like electricity, water supply and road was shared as a concerns for the project implementation as much of the work is pipeline layouts

Concern of rainwater mixing with the sewerage network Project’s time of implementation and its timely completion should be very strictly

implemented as the project area is a touristic and business focused area Concerns were also raised on flow from Phirke khola, and about sediment load from

upstream Harpan khola Sound levels of pumping station and treatment facility were also pointed out as a concern Concern on laying of pipelines close to Phewa lake’s boundary was also raised in the

meeting The measures suggested and discussed during the public hearing programme are as follows; Immediate management of wastewater and wastes (solid waste) generated from different

wards Waste management of Phirke khola and Bulaudi khola Removing water hyacinth and other wastes from lake Maintenance and protection of dam and Phewa canal Embankment of Phewa lake from all sides Furthermore, suggestion to manage solid waste management of whole Pokhara through

respective Environment section of respective ward offices The draft final report with incorporation of suggestions from the public consultation has been shared with the municipality and FWSSMP - Pokhara. A recommendation letter has also been received from Pokhara Metropolitan City on date 2075/09/13.



7. ALTERNATIVES OF THE PROPOSAL The EIA team has examined and described all alternatives that were examined in the course of developing the proposed project and identify other alternatives, which would achieve the same objectives. The alternatives are examined in order to maximize the benefits and minimize the adverse impacts. The EIA team will compare the alternatives in terms of potential environmental impacts, alternative sites, designs and technologies. Likewise, the EIA team shall also study the alternatives in terms of method, time schedule, operation procedures and the construction materials to be used during construction. In all the development projects, it is generally taken for granted that there will not be any disturbances or obstacles in the execution of the project. However, most projects have to contend with some disturbances and obstacles during the study and implementation phases as well. In general, no impacts on the physical and biological environment will occur if the projects are not implemented, whereas, in case of the socio-economic dimension, the impact is there even if the project does not materialize. Besides, it is obvious that the people residing in the project area will entertain a high expectation and curiosity on the planning and programming relating to their land in particular and about the project in general. A number of alternatives have been considered during project planning, and the rationale for the selection of alternatives discussed as follows; 7.1 No Action Alternative/Do Nothing Scenario The first choice during discussion for the project implementation is to consider - 'what if there is no action?’. This ‘do nothing’ scenario will result into further deterioration of the environment in and around Phewa Lake, and it will witness further worsening of water quality of the Phewa Lake. This will have negative impacts in the aquatic lives as well as the human health. Its negative impacts will also be manifested in the tourism sector - with the loss in attraction among the tourists in Phewa Lake. 7.2 Proposal Design and its Location 7.1.1 Project Design As the implementation of the Phewa Lake Waste Water Management Project is going to occur in the near future, the design engineers from the consultant are preparing the design of the various components of the project. The different alternatives of the components of the design shall also be evaluated from the environmental and safety consideration. A number of alternatives have been studied in the different phases of the study to identify the best alternative from the technical, environmental, social and economic point of view. Two types of treatment systems, a conventional secondary level treatment system with activated sludge process (ASP) and waste stabilization pond (WSP) system were designed and studied for the comparison. The ASP system requires less land area but requires higher energy and technical skills to operate and maintain. WSP system requires huge land area but the energy cost is negligible compared to ASP and skill requirement for operation and maintenance is low.



ASP system includes a trash rack for coarse and floating removal, grit chamber for grit removal, primary sedimentation tank for fine and organic suspended solids removal, complete-mix activated sludge process with an aeration tank and secondary clarifier for organic matter removal. The WSP system includes, bar rack, grit chamber, anaerobic pond and facultative pond. In both alternates full scale sludge treatment units have been proposed. A gravity thickener, anaerobic sludge digester and sand drying beds are proposed for ASP system. Sand drying bed and composting are proposed for WSP system. The comparative study of various technologies is given in the table below;

Table 34: Comparative Analysis of different treatment options SN Treatment options Advantages Disadvantages 1 Waste Stabilization

Pond (WSP) Low energy cost Easy operation and

maintenance

Requires huge land High odour nuisance

2 Sequential Batch Reactor (SBR)

Reliable if operated very well

Low land requirement

Additional tertiary treatment is required

The process/technology is complicated/delicate to operate

3 Activated Sludge Process (ASP)

The degree of confidence in operation is higher

The cost is moderate Low odour


Land requirement is significantly lower than in case of WSP, and relatively higher than in case of SBR

4 Bio-Aerated Filters (BAF)

Adaptive to change in incoming waste

Low land requirement


High investment cost It is also recommended that a compact design be considered so as to avoid the existing situation of need of acquiring significant private land. Bio-Aerated Filters could be a possible feasible design option. There are other technologies like Moving-Bed Bioreactor, and Dissolved Air Floatation system. However, the above mentioned technologies have not been widely practiced in the field. 7.3 Project Construction Options Alternatives have been sought in terms of Construction Approach, its methods, technologies and materials. Participatory approach with Labour Intensive methods aligning with green and clean practices will be applied during construction phase. Use of eco-friendly equipments and materials, use of cleaner energy sources, and considerations of climate-risk factors will be incorporated during choosing best alternatives during the construction period.



The consultant shall consider the alternatives for technology, operation procedures, time schedules and raw material requirements associated with aspects related to the construction and operation of the Phewa Lake Waste Water Management Project. In general, choices shall be considered in the context of cost effectiveness, labour intensiveness, and low risks of environmental hazards in the final EIA report. High energy efficiency, cleaner energy sources and alternative energy options will be chosen for the project operation. 7.4 Project Implementation and its Time Schedule The consultant has considered the alternatives for technology, operation procedures, and time schedules and raw material requirements associated with aspects related to the construction and operation of the Phewa Lake Waste Water Management Project. Choices regarding the context of cost effectiveness, labour intensiveness, and low risks of environmental hazards in the final EIA report have also been considered in the study.



8. BENEFIT AUGMENTATION AND MITIGATION MEASURES 8.1 Benefit Augmentation Measures In order to augment the impact of employment generation, the local people, particularly poor the dalits, ethnic minority and women, will be given priority for employment. Potential workers will be selected and will be given on-the-job training on plumbing bathroom fittings and other construction activities. The sewerage network will be designed to cater only for sewage flows. However in the event of a flood, the design of sewerage pipes will take into consideration relevant flood data including frequency and quantity to ensure the network will be able to handle possible storm water ingress. The sewerage network will be designed as an underground system to minimize damage during floods. This includes providing sufficient infrastructure for drainage and appropriate elevation considerations for tanks at treatment plant site. Wastewater treatment infrastructure and its accessory or supporting structures like buildings will be structurally designed as per Nepal’s earthquake codes and standards. During the preparation phase, the land areas required by the project should be demarcated and sign posted accordingly. Ongoing consultation with affected communities should be conducted and due notifications to any interruptions as a result of construction should be provided in a timely manner. Haphazard construction of camps for workers without basic amenities could result in social stress and the degradation of the local environment. Therefore it is very important that these camps be provided with sanitary amenities at designated areas. As Nepal has no standards regarding the number of ablution blocks to be constructed in temporary labor camps, the 2009 IFC Guidelines that is, 1 toilet for every 15 persons (separate for men and women) will be followed. Baseline photographs of the construction areas and water quality of streams and rivers that would be impacted will help the project in identifying/justifying/verifying the adverse impacts due to construction activities (e.g. cracks in houses, restoration of temporary sites to their original condition, water quality deterioration, etc.). As land areas for the WWTPs have already been defined and residents are nearby, it is suggested that a minimum of 25 to 30 meters of green buffer zone along the site boundary with trees with thick foliage be planted to minimize nuisance due to odor, noise, lights, and improper operation and maintenance (O&M).



8.2 Mitigation measures 8.2.1 Environmental Considerations during Design Phase 8.2.1.1 Alignment and site location which may trigger erosion and land instabilities The sites for pumping station at Talbarahi chowk and the site proposed for construction of wastewater treatment plant have been selected to minimize the impacts on urban land instabilities. Similarly, laying of pipelines have been designed at the center of the road to avoid damages to the road furnitures and private properties. 8.2.1.2 Effect on Greenery The design has minimized felling of trees by locating the structural units of the project at areas with less number trees (e.g. in the compound of Nepal Trust at Talbarahi chowk, alignment in Miteri park, and treatment plant units at the treatment plant site of ward 17). The units have also been placed to avoid felling of protected species of trees (simal) in the proposed treatment plant site. The EIA study team has discussed with the project’s technical design team to alignments which causes relatively less loss of vegetation. 8.2.1.3 Odour dispersion Choosing of ASP over WSP was favoured also by the fact that there is less odour in case of ASP design. In addition to this, some of the measures taken during the design phase include covering the inlet works as typically majority of the odors are emitted from raw sewage. Buffer of 25 to 30 meters has been proposed around the proposed wastewater treatment unit. Plantation with aromatic and fragrance shrubs and trees are designed to be carried out in the buffer zone. 8.2.2 Mitigation Measures for Construction Phase 8.2.2.1 Mitigation Measures for Physical Environment (a) Change in Landuse in the treatment plant area Minimum possible land will be used for WWTP facilities. Greenery promotion has been planned in the EMP of the project. Buffer zone of 25 to 30 meters has also been proposed to be maintained around the treatment plant site. This will help maintain the greenery and natural landscape around the treatment plant site. (b) Soil erosion and land instability due to excavation Mitigating measures to be used are separate stockpiling of topsoil in a safe yard for further use, spoil disposal at designated and stabilized sites, compaction of the backfill of excavated areas including replacement of topsoil, avoiding work during the rainy season as much as possible, mulching to stabilize exposed areas, use of bioengineering techniques (e.g., re-vegetating areas



promptly), providing channels and ditches for post-construction flows, lining of steep channels and slopes (e.g., use of jute matting), preventing off-site sediment transport using settlement ponds, and silt fences. Impacts of surface water discharges on the local drainage from trench excavation will be mitigated by the use of settling tanks before discharging the water to waterways. (c) Impacts on local water bodies and soil Mitigation measures to be used include avoiding construction of labor camps facilities within the drainage area, providing designated areas with collection of bins for wastes, providing toilet facilities and prohibiting open defecation, and prohibiting washing of vehicles next to rivers and streams. Used oil and lubricants will be recovered and reused, or removed from the sites. Storage areas for fuels and lubricants should be away from any drainage leading to water bodies. All fuel use areas (e.g., generator) must have drip basins installed to prevent any leakages and recycled. All fuelling, repair, and maintenance work should be done on a concrete surface provided with a catch tank that can be cleaned and all spilled fuel recovered and recycled. Deep excavations can intercept and interfere with the local groundwater thereby affecting flows from irrigation canals, and springs causing water shortages. Mitigation measures to be used include the following: (i) local springs, and irrigation canals to be bunded from temporary spoil dumps; (ii) local spring fed spouts or rivers to be monitored, particularly downhill of excavations plus temporary supply provided if flow is affected; and (iii) permeable base and side backfill required at deep excavated sites. Spoil tip area is proposed at the barren land of Gharipatan area of ward 17. The proposed site is around 450 meters south down slope from the waste water treatment plant site, and is located near the bank of Phusre khola. The design will be of filling type with topography reclamation. The boundary of the site will be provided will surface drains, and compaction will be carried out regularly. The lower boundary will be provided with rip-rap dams to stop the down-flow of spoil. Quarrying/mining activities in river/streams for extraction of construction materials will not be done as the required construction materials for this project will be bought from certified crusher plants operating near the construction sites. (d) Air pollution, noise nuisance, and vibrations Mitigating measures to be employed include the following: (i) dust suppression on roads or at open sites by sprinkling water as required at regular intervals (and to ensure the efficiency of water sprinkling, one of the pre-requisite for the contractor’s capacity should be that the contractor should own at least one water sprinkling tanker); (ii) covering earth stockpiles using plastic sheets or cement jute bags; (iii) unsuring that vehicles comply with the National Vehicle Mass Emission Standards, 2056 BS; (iv) providing ventilation in confined working areas; (v) provision of clean fuel for cooking in the workers’ campsite; (vi) provision of clean fuel for



campsites, and prohibition of open burning of waste by the contractor; (vii) limiting vehicle speeds and banning power horns; routine monitoring of sound and vibrations at regular intervals; (viii) fitting of mufflers in vehicles to control noise; (ix) regular maintenance of vehicles; (x) prohibiting the operation of heavy equipments and construction vehicles between 7 p.m. and 6 a.m. in residential areas; and (xi) compensating the damages caused by vibrations to buildings. (e) Waste Management and disposal Waste generated from the workers' camps will be properly disposed off. Organic waste like food waste and others will be used for composting. Pit composting and bin composting will be promoted. Inorganic waste will be collected in a bin. Reusables will be sold to local scrap collectors. Only the residue will be disposed off to municipal final disposal site. 3R Principles will be regulated. Regular monitoring of the workers camps will be carried out. Temporary sanitary toilets for the workers will be installed before starting the work. Waste like excess grease, lubricants will be collected in plastic containers and will be sold to scrap dealers. Solid waste and other construction waste will be deposited in designated sites near by the labour camp and will be cleared after the completion of the construction works. Decommisioning waste will be reused and recycled as possible. Recyclables will be sold to scrap dealers. Only residue will be disposed to final disposal site of the municipality with required coordinations. The worker's camp will be located away from the vicinity of water bodies. Wastewater generated from campsite will be collected in a settling chamber and from there the effluent will be sent to a soak pit, or used for water the gardens or orchard. 8.2.2.2 Biological Environment (a) Loss of vegetation cover and forest resources The project will avoid felling of trees. Where it is not possible, there will be compensatory plantation at the rate of 1:10 for each tree cut. The cost of compensatory plantation of 210 trees as compensation of felling of 21 trees has been included in the EMP cost. A Pipal tree which is present at the pumping station will be transplanted if required during the construction phase. Compensatory plantation will be carried out in coordination with Tole Lane Organizations, and ward offices of the concerned sites, and also district forest office. The project will manage the planted plants for 5 years and then will handover to local community users or forestry organization for future management. The costs of plantation and care taking for 5 years has been included in the budget of EMP. Prefably the same species as the cut trees will be planted. If the locals demand any NTFP species, this will also be considered. Local Greenery promotion has also been proposed for the project. Greenery will be maintained in the WWTP site and other sites as necessary in coordination with the local stakeholders. Project will also consider plantation of endemic species during land reclamation. Burning of fuel wood for construction activities will be totally restricted, and the workforce will be prohibited from collecting fuel wood from nearby forests. A cost of NRs 2,500,000 has been allocated for compensatory plantation and greenery promotion for the project. (b) Disturbance to local acquatic systems The pipe laying works along the shore of Phewa lake will be strictly supervised to avoid any disposal of spoil into the water body. No liquid waste or solid waste generated from the project



activities will be allowed to be disposed into the water bodies. Washing activities of the workforce will be strictly limited within the campsites with concealed base and drainage system. Regular monitoring of water quality of Phewa lake, Bulaundi khola/Phirke khola and Phusre khola will be carried out. This has been provisioned in the environmental management plan. 8.2.2.3 Chemical Environment Fuel and lubricants will be stored in confined vessels over confined floors. Any spill over of chemicals and lubricants will be collected. For accidental cases, absorbent pads for cleaning of leakage or spillage will be placed in stores and workshops. Standard Operation Procedures and construction will be implemented in the workshops and campsites. Gasoline, mobile and grease needed for construction equipments and material transport vehicles will be handled through trained operators only. 8.2.2.4 Socio Economic and Cultural Environment (a) Occupational health and safety (OHS) and community safety Since the workforce will be regularly and directly exposed to dust, gaseous emission, noise and vibration, they will made aware of the possible risks and incidents before going to work. Following mitigation steps will be taken; Health and hygiene in the camp site (against unsafe working conditions, accidents,

transmission of communicable diseases etc) will be given top priority. Adequate potable drinking water with dedicated supply will be arragened with

permission and coordination of the municipality. Sanitary toilets will be made, and separate toilets will be provided for male and female workers within the campsite.

Regular health checkups, proper sanitation and hygiene, health care will be provided. Awareness programs concerning human trafficking and the possibility of spread of STDs and HIV/AIDS will be conducted during focus group discussions.

Use of fuel wood for cooking will be prohibited, and clean cooking energy (LPG gas stoves) will be provisioned. Potable water (supply of filter, chlorination solutions) will be assured for the workers.

Personal protection equipment (PPE) viz., safety helmets, safety belt, boots, gloves will be provided to all construction workers.

The loss of life or any type of injuries will be compensated and insurance to the workers will be provided. First aid kits, standby vehicle, and fire extinguishers will be provided in camp sites. First aid kits will be made available also in the work fronts.

To avoid risks from accidents on site due to the movement of the public and workers, health and safety measures of the contract will also prohibit entry at construction sites to the public and the area will be barricaded and warning signs will be placed. These provisions will be strictly monitored through the Environmental Management Unit of the project. (b) Pressure on basic facilities and social services Separate water supply system will be arranged for the workers with approval from the local authorities or user committees. Separate toilets will be provisioned for the workers. Dedicated



suppliers will be arranged for supply of food and daily commodities for the workforce. Notifying sign-boards in Nepali and English languages will be placed at properly visible sites. Any damage to road furnitures and public rest places will be restored to original form. (c) Disturbance to local transportation Pipe laying works will be carried out in coordination with the local communities. Alternative routes and traffic schedules will be pre-planned and circulated in advance. In order to minimize the disturbance to local commuters, a detailed Traffic Management Plan will be developed by the Contractor during the early stage of construction phase for areas along the construction works to minimize traffic flow interference from construction activities. At active construction sites, linesman will be deputed. A sample traffic management plan is given in annex (Annex 10) of this report. (d) Disturbance to socio-economic system and cultural values Work schedules, like pipe laying schedule, will be shared with the local Tole lane organizations and authorities at least 3 days ahead of starting the work. Working schedules will be prepared in coordination with the locals to avoid any disturbances to local festivals, cultural activities and social events. Workforce will be sensitized on cultural and social norms as well as values of the host community, that is the community where the activities are ongoing, and the community where the campsites are established. For the outside workforce, Code of Conducts will be applied strictly so that the local communities do not feel any offense from the practices of the outside workforce. This in return will also help maintain dignity of the outside workers as well.

Figure 10: Code of Conduct (sample) for the workforce



(e) Community health, hygiene, and sanitation Toilets for workforce will be made at sites which are at least 50 meters away from any water source. No open disposal of waste will be allowed or practiced from the workforce. This will control any possibility of water borne or vector borne diseases to be spread due to the project. Workers health will be screened periodically so that there is no possibility of spreading communicable diseases from workforce in the communities. Stockpiles and campsites will be well fenced and possible entry of children into such places will be strictly controlled. (f) Increase in social disputes Prioritizing the employment to the locals; wages based on district norms; application of code of conduct for the workforce; restriction of consumption of alcoholic drinks by the workforce in local markets; and strong coordination with the local authorities will help mitigate any cases of social disputes in relation to the project activities. To ensure that the local grievances are well addressed, a Grievance Management Committee will be established for the project. The committee will be chaired by the municipality, and will have ward chairpersons from each ward (wards 6, 7 and 17) as committee members along with the project implementation team. (g) Gender discrimination Women will be involved in employment. It is recommended that 10% to 15% should be women among the workforce employed during construction phase. This target is based on gender mainstreaming values of international development partners like the Asian Development Bank. Equal wage for women will be maintained as per the rates determined by the District Wage Determination Committee. Separate and adequate provisions for female workforce will be provided in the campsites. Separate sanitation facilities will be maintained for the female workers. (h) Land acquisition, crop compensation and reinstatement Land for WWTP site needs to be acquired, and this needs to be carried out as per the district norms and process of Kaski district, Gandaki Province. Crop compensations should be provided for the land to be affected. The chautaris and rest places need to be reinstated to the original stage after the sewer lines have been laid. Coordination will be made timely with the Division Road Office in Pokhara for reinstatement of the road. NRs 70,000,000 has been allocated for land acquisition; cost of NRs 5,000,000 has been allocated for compensation and reinstatement works.



8.3 Operation and Maintenance Phase 8.3.1 Air Quality, Noise nuisance and Odour Nuisance The project vehicles will be maintained regularly, and generators complying with the emission standards (GoN, 2012) will be used. Although air pollution will be a relatively less significant concern, odour nuisance will continue to be a concern of the locals. Accumulated sludge and solid waste will be cleared within 24 hours, and herbicides will be sprayed on accumulated sludge/solid waste to reduce odour. Tree plantation (minimum three rows) will be carried out at the periphery of WWTP to prevent spread of bad odour at WWTP locations. Trees with large canopy and broad leaves trees like Sisau, Neem, Teak, Sal, etc will be planted. Also, fragrance or aromatic trees and plants like Adel tree (Chionanthus retusus), Kamini (Murraya paniculata), Plumeria rubra etc will be planted to neutralize the odour nuisance. Quarterly monitoring of Ambient Air Quality with respect to PM2.5, SOx and NOx, CO and Odour at three locations will be planned in EMP. These sites will be one at WWTP site, one each at a site which is situated minimum of 500 meter distance from WWTP site in up-wind and down-wind direction of WWTP area. Equipments generating low levels of noise will be utilized as first priority; and the pumps will be installed with soundproof enclosure. Machinery will be properly maintained to minimize noise. Noise levels will also be monitored at the WWTP site and the Pumping Station quarterly, and more frequently if any complaint from locals is recorded. 8.3.2 Impact on water bodies/sources It will be ensured that the quality of treated effluent complies with regulatory effluent standards throughout the service life of the project. Any waste water generated within the treatment process will be collected in a concealed chamber and will be dilute and cycled into the treatment system. Regular monitoring the quality of the treated wastewater and that of the receiving water will be conducted. Stand-by generators will be provisioned for emergency cases like flooding - so as to prevent overloading in the WWTP and to prevent spillage to natural water ways. 8.3.3 Impact on Soil Sludge will be disposed at designated areas only. Impervious clay liners or geo-fabrics will be used at the bottom of the sludge bed. Regular O&M of WWTP with lime spreading on the drying beds; providing of a buffer zone around the WWTP; provision of proper drainage to avoid flooding will be made to avoid any impact on soil during the operation phase of the project. 8.3.4 Occupational & Community Health and Safety The workers will be provided training in hygiene procedures to avoid infection from wastewater and sludge handling. Health and safety procedures will be guided against exposure to hazardous gases. The workers will be inoculated against infectious diseases and kept under medical



supervision. Protective clothing will be provisioned for the sewer cleaning workers. Emergency health aid procedures will be developed by PLWWM Project. Entry of locals, especially the children, will be strictly controlled to avoid any unwanted cases of accidents in the pumping station at Talbarahi chowk and in the WWTP site. Only authorized personnels and people with entry permission/pass will be allowed to enter these sites. Safety signals & signs boards, and notices will be placed outside these sites to avoid any trespassing to avoid any potential risk to the locals or tourists.



9. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 9.1 Environment Management Plan The basic objectives of the EMP are to:

to ensure that all mitigation measures and monitoring requirements will actually be carried out at different stages of project implementation and operation - pre-construction, construction and operation and maintenance;

recommend a plan of action and a means of testing the plan to meet existing and projected environmental problems;

establish the roles and responsibilities of all parties involved in the project’s environmental management;

describe mitigation measures that shall be implemented to avoid or mitigate adverse environmental impacts and maximizing the positive ones;

ensure implementation of recommended actions aimed at environmental management and its enhancement; and

ensure that the environment and its surrounding areas are protected and developed to meet the needs of the local people, other stakeholders and safeguard the interests of the common people.

A Safeguards Unit with adequate support staff headed by an Environmental Officer should be established within the Federal Water Supply and Sewerage Management Project (FWSSMP). Different project activities, related potential impacts, their proposed mitigation measures and the responsible stakeholders in addressing the issues have been provided in the proposed EMP of the project. The construction contractor will be required to prepare and Environmental Mitigation Execution Plan (EMEP) based on this EMP before starting of the construction works. This may include any additional concerns that might be observed during the period of work contract. The efforts and resources needed for the mitigation activities have been proposed in the EMP matrix below;

EIA Report of Phewa Lake Waste Water Management Project 2019

BDA and ERMC Jv Page 87

Table 35: Environmental Management Plan (EMP) Matrix SN Impacts Mitigation Measures Responsibility Budget (NRs) Remarks I Design Phase 1 Alignment and site location may

trigger erosion and land instabilities

Selection of sites where there is least impact of erosion and land instability Incorporate drainage plans

Design Team, FWSSMP

NA

Identification of spoil disposal sites during the design phase

2 Sites where greenery is present may be affected

Site selection to avoid greenery loss to possible extent

Design Team, FWSSMP

NA

3 Odour dispersion Designs with high efficiency and low odour to be chosen

Design Team, FWSSMP

NA

Covers should be designed in the inlets to minimize odour

II Construction Phase II: A Physical Environment

a Change in landuse Minimum possible land will be used for WWTP facilities Greenery promotion has been planned Buffer zone of 25 to 30 meters has been

planned around the treatment plant site Backfilling and reclamation of alignment

will be carried out

Contractor, FWSSMP, Municipality

NA The costs are covered by the costs for II-B-a, and II-D-g of this table

b Soil erosion and land instability/disturbance due to excavation

Timely backfilling Stockpiling at safe yards Preservation of topsoil Covering of loose exposed soils will be

carried out Avoiding earthworks along unstable land

during rainy season Bioengineering, lining of steep channels

for works alongside unstable areas Construction of settlement ponds and silt

Contractor Included in the Civil works’ contract



SN Impacts Mitigation Measures Responsibility Budget (NRs) Remarks fences

c Impact on local water bodies and soil

Avoiding construction of labour camps near water bodies Toilets should be at least 50 meters from

water sources Prohibiting washing on water bodies, and

prohibiting open defecation by workers Providing segregation bins and waste

collection bins for the workforce Fuel and lubricants to be stored in

confined places; concrete surfaces to be arranged for maintenance works of vehicles/equipments; drip basins and absorbent pads to be placed in the workshops and stockpiles Spoil to be disposed only in designated

spoil tip area. A spoil management plan to be developed by the contractor (Annex 9)

Contractor Included in the Civil works’ contract

d Air pollution, noise nuisance, and vibrations

Water sprinkling to be carried out Covering of construction materials and

earth stockpiles using plastic cover Limiting vehicle speed Fuel quality and vehicle/equipment

maintenance to be insured regularly Prohibiting use of heavy equipment and

construction vehicles during 7pm to 6 am Provide compensation for any unforeseen

damage due to vibration

Contractor/FWSSMP

Included in the Civil works’ contract NRs 500,000 for water sprinkling

II: B Biological Environment a Loss of vegetation cover and

forest resources Compensatory plantation to be carried out

(at least 210 trees to be planted) Greenery promotion to be carried out Burning of fuel wood, and collection of

Contractor & FWSSMP

NRs 2,500,000 for plantation



SN Impacts Mitigation Measures Responsibility Budget (NRs) Remarks fuel wood by workers to be strictly prohibited

NRs 1,500,000 for environmental awareness, IEC

b Disturbance to local aquatic system

Strict supervision of pipeline laying works by FWSSMP No spoil or waste to be disposed onto

water bodies Washing activities in the local water

bodies by the workforce to be strictly prohibited

Contractor & FWSSMP

NA

II: C Chemical Environment Use of confined storages for fuel and lubricants Provision of sealed base, drip basins and

absorbent pads in workshops and campsites Training to the workforce on handling of

chemicals and hazardous materials; trainings of OHS Development of standard operation

procedures Handling of fuel, lubricants and chemicals

by trained operators only

Contractor & FWSSMP

NRs 250,000 for trainings on handling of hazardous materials and safety aspects

II: D Socioeconomic and Cultural Environment

a Occupational health and safety (OHS), & community safety

Medical screening of the workforce Workers will be provided with adequate

PPEs Provision of potable drinking in the labour

camps/for the workers Use of clean fuel for cooking for

Contractor & FWSSMP

Cost of PPEs to be included in the Civil works’ contract



SN Impacts Mitigation Measures Responsibility Budget (NRs) Remarks workforce First aid kids to be placed at all work

fronts and at campsites Health insurance of the workers to be

mandatory Trainings on OHS Awareness activities on environmental

sensitivities; cultural harmony A detailed OHS plan to be developed by

the contractor (Annex 11) Safety signboards to be placed at visible

places in Nepali as well as English languages

NRs 1,500,000 for trainings and awareness activities

B Pressure on basic facilities and social services

Separate water supply system with consent from the local authority Separate toilets for the workforce Dedicated supplier (from nearest outside

market) for provision of daily commodities for campsites Notifying sign-boards to be placed at

visible sites Any damage to road furnitures and public

rest places will be restored to original form.

C Disturbance to socio-economic system and cultural values

Pipelaying schedules to be prepared in consultation with local representatives, and to be shared at least 3 days prior to work commencement Local festivals, cultural activities and

social events should not be disturbed Workforce to be sensitized on cultural and

social norms as well as values of the host community Code of conduct will be strictly

implemented for the workforce

Contractor; FWSSMP & local communities

The cost of coordination meetings will be NRs 250,000 for the period of 5 years



SN Impacts Mitigation Measures Responsibility Budget (NRs) Remarks D Disturbance to local traffic Coordination with local communities and

authorities Preparation of a Traffic Management Plan

by the contractor and its implementation (Annex 10)

Contractor NA

E Community health, hygiene, and sanitation

Toilets for workforce to be established at least 50 m away from water sources Open waste disposal to be prohibited Workers health will be screened against

communicable diseases Stockpiles and campsites to be fenced,

and restriction to possible entry of children strictly monitored

Contractor NA

F Increase in social disputes Prioritize the employment to locals Wage to be based on district norms Application of code of conduct for the

workforce Continuous coordination with the local

authorities, stakeholders (wards 6, 7 and 17)

Contractor; & local communities

NA

G Gender discrimination Women employment will be prioritized - at least 15% Equal wage for women to be maintained Separate and adequate provisions for

women in the campsites Separate toilet facilities for women

workforce

Contractor; & FWSSMP

NA

h Loss of private land, and damage to existing facilities

Land acquisition to be completed before starting construction works in the proposed WWTP site Compensation should be provided for any

private property damaged during pipe laying works Damaged public infrastructures to be

reinstated to the original state

Contractor; & FWSSMP

NRs 70,000,000 for land acquisition NRS 5,000,000 for compensation



SN Impacts Mitigation Measures Responsibility Budget (NRs) Remarks and reinstatement works

III Operation& Maintenance Phase 1 Air quality, Noise and Odour

nuisance Project vehicles and equipment to be

maintained regularly Generators to comply with GoN standards

(GoN, 2012) Accumulated sludge and solid waste will

be cleared within 24 hours Herbicides will be sprayed on

accumulated sludge/solid waste to reduce odour Aromatic/fragrance trees/plants to be

planted in the buffer zone around the proposed WWTP site

FWSSMP

2 Impact on water bodies/sources Ensuring compliance of treated effluent with regulatory effluent standards throughout the service life of the project Stand-by generators will be provisioned

for emergency cases No wastes should be deposed on to

surface water bodies during decommissioning of the temporary project facilities used during construction period Regular monitoring of water quality/waste

water quality

FWSSMP

3 Impact on soil During post-construction, decommissioning of the campsite and temporary facilities of the project will need to be carried out. Wastes need to be disposed to designated sites, reusables should be handed over to the local stakeholders. The site/s will be reinstated

FWSSMP



SN Impacts Mitigation Measures Responsibility Budget (NRs) Remarks to the original stage. Sludge to be disposed at designated site

only. The dried sludge is proposed to be used as soil conditioner and biofertilizer after screening. Regular spreading of lime on drying beds Sludge bed to be lined with impervious

medium Drainage to avoid flooding and further

contamination 4 Occupational and community

health & safety O&M training with safety aspects to be

provided to the workers/operators/staff Protective clothing and PPEs to be

provided to the workers Regular health screening to be carried out

for the workers Entry of locals/children inside the WWTP

to be prohibited Safety signals & signs boards, and notices

to be placed in Nepali and English languages at pumping station and WWTP site

FWSSMP



10. REVIEW OF POLICIES AND REGULATORY FRAMEWORKS

While preparing the EIA report for the proposed project, relevant policies, strategies, guidelines, manuals were also reviewed. Consideration of environmental aspects in the development projects and programs was considered since the early 1980s. The sectoral development programs generally incorporated Tourism Policy 1995, National Solid waste Management Policy, 1996, Waste Water Management Policy 2007, Urban Water Supply and Sanitation policy 2009. Recognizing the importance of environmental aspects, GON has formulated a policy of internalizing environmental management in sectoral developmental projects and programs. 10.1 The Constitution of Nepal The Constitution of Nepal focuses the standard of living of the people of Nepal. The article 16 of the constitution highlights the rights of the people regarding environment and health. The sub article-1 of article 16 states that every person has the right to live in a clean environment. Article 22(1-5) is related to the rights of children. Article 35(1) says: The state shall pursue a policy of raising the standards of living of the general public through the development of infrastructures such as education, health, housing and employment of all provinces by equitably distributing investment of economic development for the balanced development of the country. Similarly Article 35(5) says: The state shall make such arrangements as may be required to keep the environment clean. The state shall give priority to the prevention of adverse impacts in the environment from the development activities by increasing the awareness of the general public about environmental cleanliness as well as for the protection of the environment.

10.2 Plans and Policies Fifteenth Plan (2076/77-2080/81) Approach Paper, 2076 BS (2019 AD) Fifteen Plan Approach Paper 2076 has forced its objective to extend road network keeping the net transportation cost at minimal level, and continue upgrading as well as maintenance work to ensure regular road connectivity. This policy has established multiple working area based on five major strategies. It has planned to ensure balanced development in considering provincial level balanced infrastructures based on master plan. Furthermore, it has also planned to promote modern infrastructure construction through adoption of modern technology as well as providing surplus input on activities like Bio-engineering.



Fourteenth Three Years Plan, 2073 - 2075 The government of Nepal has also endorsed another three year interim plan for the year 2016/17- 2018/19. Section 4.4.5 of the Plan has clearly specified that water supply and sanitation being a fundamental right of the people as mentioned in the constitution, the government has given priority for the sustainable development of water supply and sanitation sector. Accordingly the Fourteenth Three Year Interim Plan also aims to spend government budget on development infrastructure for strengthening and protection of country’s social sectors. The government has also given high priority in the environmental cleanliness. At present 83.6 % of population are having simple type of water supply infrastructures and 81% of population are benefitted from general type of sanitation facilities where as only 15% of population are getting benefit from the services of high/medium quality of drinking water. National Environmental Policy, 2076 BS (2019 AD) The policy has versioned for the management of pollution, waste maintenance of greenery to ensure people’s right to live in hygienic and healthy environment. Similarly, the policy has objective of mainstreaming the environmental concerns in developmental activities. It has emphasized to promote reuse and recycle of the waste. To prevent, control and minimize the pollution has proposed following policies and strategies:

• Efficient structure will be formed to prevent, control and minimize the pollution • Promotion of environment friendly vehicles. • Waste segregation as well as promotion of reuse and recycle technique similarly, proper disposal

of the remaining solid waste has to be ensured. • To maintain the hygienic aquatic environment direct release of polluted water, sewage and solid

waste to the water body will be prevented. While managing the solid and liquid waste, appropriate mitigation measures will be imposed to the source and minimize the potential adverse impacts on downstream area. Nepal Environmental Policy and Action Plan (NEPAP, 1993/2049 B.S) Under the auspices of the National Planning commission, the Nepal Environmental Policy and Action Plan (NEPAP) have been prepared. The NEPAP is part of the then HMGs continuing efforts to incorporate environmental concerns into the country's development process. It reviews current government policy on the environment, formulates new policy, where it is needed, and suggests an action agenda to address environmental problems. The NEPAP has also been prepared in response to the growing global awareness about the importance of maintaining a balance between economic development and environmental conservation, which culminated in the United Nations conference on Environment and Development in 1992. The NEPAP document indicated that development of any infrastructure have the potential for imposing significant environmental costs if it is not properly designed and implemented. It has also suggested that the use of Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) that can help to identify



adverse environmental impacts and propose remedial actions. NEPAP also emphasized greater involvement of local people as prerequisite for improving design and implementation. National Land Policy, 2075 BS The polic y aims to address the long-awaited problems such as recognition of informal tenure and equitable access to land for landless, small holders and informal settlers in the Nepalese society. This policy will support to achieve the national goal of sustainable development through good land governance. First, it is intended to directly address the issue of land administration and land management reforms under six major and key pillar objectives; viz. (i) Security of tenure, (ii) Access to land, (iii) Land Use, (iv) Land Valuation, taxation and land market, (v) Land acquisition, and (vi) Modernization of land administration services. Secondly, it is underpinned by a strong inclusive agenda that considers the issues affecting the land rights of women and vulnerable groups. This includes; (a) rehabilitation of landless, squatters and informal tenure-holders for improved housing, (b) access to land and security of tenure, (c) tenure security for landless peasants for farming, (d) women’s access to land ownership, and (e) optimum use of land for sustainable housing. Third, the policy is forward looking and considers key environmental challenges related to food security, infrastructure development, and the application of Fit-For-Purpose techniques in land administration. Land Use Policy 2072 B.S (2012) The Ministry of Land Reform and Management launched this policy to ensure the optimum use of land and fragmentation and aims to encourage optimal use of land. The policy also talks of adopting land pooling concept to acquire land for development projects. Since the route of the main trunk sewer of Phewa Lake Waste Water Management Project follows the road alignment from the start point to the end, that is - Waste Water Treatment Plant, this project has to acquire very some private land parcels. Thus the proposed project does not attract the objective of the policy. Land Acquisition, Resettlement and Rehabilitation Policy, 2015 The policy is based on the principles that the assessment of land requirements needs to be carried out based on the alternatives having minimum impacts of land loss, and also the need of resettlement and rehabilitation works to ensure livelihoods of the affected persons and family is improved or at least restored at pre-project level. It also indicates the need to conduct social impacts assessment to identify impacts on affected people, community and vulnerable group, In case of Land acquisition and ownership transfer, land can be acquired also through voluntary donation which will be accepted only if the land provider has agreed without any pressure, and in presence of local authorities to donate land for the purpose. On the humanitarian ground, the policy also bases on the value that for revenue generating project, the project should create conducive situation in which the benefits generated by the project can be drawn-out to the affected people.



National Forest Policy (2075 BS) The policy focuses on coordination and partnership between all the three levels of government in Nepal - the federal government, the provincial government and the local government for sustainable and participatory management of the forests, protected areas, watersheds and biodiversity. Conservation of the forest area and its multiple utility has been taken as one of the eleven objectives of the policy. Active role of the local government in forest management and compensatory planation works have also been pronounced in this policy. National Climate Change Policy, 2076 BS (2019 AD) Nation Climate Change Policy, 2076 has focused its area to comply the development areas coping with the climate change as well as protecting the biodiversity and livelihood together with ecosystem persistence at holistic approach. It has targeted to develop forest as degraded land as well as river banks through plantation. Generation of greenhouse gases shall be mitigated with proper measures. Similarly, road design should include climate change risk mitigation measures. 10.3 Acts and Rules Environment Protection Act (2076 BS) The act emphasis on new aspects like provisions of Preliminary Environmental Study, IEE and EIA under the jurisdiction of local authority, provincial government, and central government. Need of Strategic Environmental Assessment for policies/plans/programs, and considerations of climate change for projects are among the newly enforced aspects of this act. Environment Protection Act, 1997 (2053 B.S.) The Act requires prescribed development projects to carry out environmental impact assessment and such projects cannot be implemented without the approval from the Ministry of Environment. The proponent is required to submit proposal with the report and the Ministry has to grant approval of the proposal after opinions and suggestions by the general public and by expert committee formed by the Ministry. Regarding the prevention and control of pollution, the article no 7 of the Act has the provision that nobody shall create pollution in a manner to cause significant adverse impacts on the environment or likely to be hazardous to public life and people’s health, or dispose or cause to be disposed sound, heat, radioactive rays and wastes from any mechanical devices, industrial enterprises, or other places contrary to the prescribed standards. The Act has also the provisions of having environmental inspectors( article no 8 ) for inspection as to whether or not the acts of mitigation, avoidance or control of pollution have been carried out in accordance with this Act or the Rules framed under this Act for protection of national heritage, protected area, compensation and punishment (GON, 2058). These provisions of the act



might also be directly related to the proposed project and hence, these provisions have been considered in the design and also during the time of implementation in the coming days. Forest Act, 2076 BS It stipulates that the GoN can develop a land use plan of a forest in order to maintain the balance of environment and development. It also provisions that the government can develope a specific forest conservation plan for a particular section of a national forest. It also states that the forest area can be used with approval for national priority projects.

Local Government Operation Act, 2074 The Act, 2074 (2017) provides more autonomy to Municipalities and District Coordination Committees. The Act provides the functions, rights and duties of the Ward Committee. Act requires the ward to help for protection of environment through plantation over the bare land, cliff and mountains. It has mentioned the functions, rights, and duties of Municipalities. The following provisions of the Act are related to construction and implementation of Phewa Lake Wastewater Management Project. Local government has authority for the conservation of local natural resources,

conflict management and monitoring of project activities The Municipality has the authority to prepare development plans and establishes basic

community infrastructures including public health. The Municipality can regulate constructions according to the plans.

Municipality has the authority for the management of public convenience of transportation, parking system of vehicles, pollution control, waste management and eminence of public road plantation.

Municipality has the authority to protect areas for drinking water, flood controls and natural and cultural heritage sites.

Soil and Water Conservation Act, 2039 BS The mismanagement of watersheds leads to the degradation of valuable land by flooding, water-logging, and accelerated silt in storage reservoirs. In order to properly manage the watersheds of Nepal, the Soil and Watershed Conservation Act (SWCA) was enacted in 1982.

Section 3 empowers Government of Nepal can declare any area of Nepal as a conserved watershed area, specifying the borders thereof. Section 4 provides that a watershed conservation officer has the authority to implement the following works in protected watershed areas:

Construct and maintain dams, embankment, terrace improvements, diversion channels and retaining walls, Protect vegetation in landslide-prone areas and undertake afforestation programs, and regulate agricultural practices pertinent to soil and watershed conservation.

Section 13 empowers the Watershed Conservation Officer may prohibit the commission of any acts that may cause soil-erosion or soil cutting in a land where any of the acts has been done under Section 4 and in vicinity of such land.



Solid Waste Management Act (2068 B.S) The SWMA clearly envisages about management of solid waste and provision of licensing for management. In such case, the article (7) on discharge of solid wastes entails about the person, organization that produces hazardous waste or chemical waste shall have to manage such waste as prescribed (sub article 2). It is restricted that nobody shall do or cause to do the work relating to the solid waste management without obtaining license from the local body as prescribed by article 13 of chapter, miscellaneous sub article 1. Aquatic Animals Protection Act, 2017 BS The Aquatic Animals Protection Act, 1960 (AAPA) indicates an early recognition of the value of wetlands and aquatic animals. Section 3 renders no person shall knowingly use any kind of electric current, explosive substance or poisonous substance with intention of catching and killing any aquatic animal in any water. AAPA has been in effect since 1961, yet both noxious and explosive materials are increasingly used in water bodies throughout Nepal. There is no reported case of prosecution for a breach of AAPA. This demonstrates the government's ineffectiveness in developing a surveillance system for conserving aquatic life.

Under section 4, the government is empowered to prohibit catching, killing and harming of certain kinds of aquatic animals by notification in the Nepal Gazette. However, any notice under this Section has never been published by the government.

Water Resources Act, 2048 BS The objectives of the Water Resources Act, 1992 is to make legal arrangements for determining beneficial uses of water resources, preventing environmental and other hazardous effects thereof and also keeping water resources free from pollution. The Act strives to minimize environmental damage to water bodies, especially lakes and rivers through environmental impact assessment studies.

Under Section 19, it is clearly mentioned that no one shall pollute water resource by way of using or putting any litter, industrial wastes, poison, chemical or toxicant to the effect that the pollution tolerance limit of the water resource as prescribed pursuant to sub-section (1) is exceeded.

Land Use Act 2076 BS The Land Use Act, 2019 has come into force in Nepal. As per the act, land has been classified into 10 categories: agricultural; residential; commercial; industrial; mining and mineral; forest; river, stream, pond and wetland; public use; cultural and archaeological; and others. The land classification is based on the composition and use of the land. The classification has not clearly pinpointed religious land in the name of temples or shrines.



Land Acquisition Act, 2034 BS Land Acquisition Act 2034 BS is the main legislation to guide the involuntary acquisition of land in the country. Government can acquire land at any place in any quantity by giving the compensation pursuant to the Act for the land required for any public purpose or for the operation of any development project initiated by government or government authorized institution (sections 3 and 4).

Labour Act, 2074 BS The Act emphasizes OHS Policy; Safety & Health Committee; OHS arrangements including child care center; workplace safety; environment of work place; and specific Labour Audit. Additional rest period for certain female employees, Specific provisions relating to the safety of the works having health hazards are also there in the Act.

Child Labour (Prohibition and Regulation) Act, 2056 BS The Child Labor (Prohibition and Regulation) Act 2000 is the main legal expedient to prohibit engaging children in factories, mines or similar risky activities and to make necessary provisions with regard to their health, security, services and facilities while engaging them in other activities. Under the Section 3 of the Act, child having not attained the age of 14 years is strictly prohibited to be engaged in works as a laborer. Similarly under Section 4, engagement of child in works as a laborer against his/her will by way of persuasion, misrepresentation or by subjecting him/her to any influence or fear or threat or coercion or by any other means is prohibited. Under Section 6, in case any Enterprise has to engage a child in works, an approval has to be obtained from the concerned labor office or any authority or official prescribed by that office and from the father, mother or guardian of the child. Environment Protection Rules, 2054 BS Rule 4 of the Environment Protection Rules (EPR) 1997 (along with the amendment of 1999) empowers the ministry of environment to scrutinize and/or approve the Scoping reports of all "Prescribed" proposals, which require an EIA study. The proponent of Phewa Lake Waste Water Management Project – Federal Water Supply and Sewerage Management Project, Pokhara, Department of Water Supply and Sewerage has published 15-day public notice in national daily newspaper (Nepali) inviting the reaction, comments and suggestions from the concerned and interested persons; after the approval of Scoping report and the TOR, is carried out the EIA study in line with the provisions of the regulations. The Section 3 on prevention and control of pollutions of the EPR spells about prohibition to emit waste in contravention of the prescribed standards (Rule 15) prescribed by the Ministry by a notification publication in the Gazette. These provisions will be followed by the proponent.



Water Resources Regulation, 2049 BS It is mandatory under Rule 17(e) of the rule that appropriate measures should be taken to lessen the adverse effects due to the project on the overall environment. Measures are to be taken for the conservation of aquatic life and water-environment and for mitigating social and economic effects of the project in the concerned area.

Forest Rules, 2052 BS Rule 65 of the regulation oblige the proponent to bear the amount of compensation to be paid for any loss or harm to any local individuals or communities. Similarly, the entire expenses for the cutting and transporting of forest products for the use of the project should be borne by the proponent. The rules also provide absolute authority to local communities to manage the forests and get all the benefits from the forests. Solid Waste Management Regulation, 2070 B.S Government of Nepal, Ministry of Federal Affairs and Local Development (MoFALD) had enacted Solid Waste Management Regulation 2070 as per the power conferred by the section 50 of Solid Waste Management Act 2068. Rule 3 of the regulation has the provision about the segregation and management of solid wastes. The rule legally obliges to segregate the hazardous and chemical wastes while segregating the degradable and non-degredable wastes at source. Sub-rule 2 of Rule 3 requires the waste producing body to manage the chemical and hazardous wastes by the producers themselves. Rule 5 requires that the hazardous, chemical, degradable and non-degredable wastes be not mixed together, that collection, disposal and handling of such wastes should be carefully done. Rule 4 of the Act mentions about the role of local government in disposal of solid waste. Rule 24 has the provision that local authority can direct the waste producers to adopt the measures and techniques for the reduction of waste at source, to adopt the certain method for minimizing the waste, to pay the fee in due time and sub-rule 3 of rule 24 obliges the waste producers to follow such direction. Rule 25 of the regulation has the provision for monitoring of such matters. 10.4 Manuals/Guidelines/Directives National EIA Guidelines, 2050 BS This guideline assist several mechanisms for identification of projects requiring EIA, processes selecting alternatives, and mitigation measures including monitoring and evaluation. The guideline provides important reference such as a checklist of environmental parameters, as well as numerous diagrams, tables and flow charts. The basic intent is to provide mechanism to optimize development benefits without degrading environmental quality and natural resources, and to integrate environmental considerations within the project planning cycle.



10.5 Environmental Standards

National Ambient Air Quality Standards, 2069 BS National Ambient Air Quality Standard, 2069 BS is presented below;

Table 36: National Ambient Air Quality Standards for Nepal Parameters Units Averaging Time Concentration in Ambient Air, Maximum

TSP µg/m3 24 – hours 230 PM10 µg/m3 24 – hours 120 PM2.5 µg/m3 24 – hours 40 Sulfur Dioxide µg/m3 Annual 50

24-hours 70 Nitrogen Dioxide µg/m3 Annual 40

24-hours 80 Carbon Monoxide µg/m3 8hours 10000 Lead µg/m3 Annual 0.5 Benzene µg/m3 Annual 5 Ozone µg/m3 8-hours 157

National Standard for Sound Quality, 2069 BS National Standard for Sound Quality is established as per Rule 15 of Environmental Protection Rules, 2054. The maximum limit of sound for city and residential area is 55 decibels for daytime and 50 decibels for night hours. Whereas for the industrial area, the maximum limit of sound is 75 decibels for daytime and 70 decibels for night hours.

Table 37: Recommended Noise Exposure Limits for the Work Environment

SN Noise Exposure(dBA)

Permissible exposure (Hours and Minutes)

1. 85 16 hrs. 2. 87 12 hrs. -18 min. 3. 90 8 hrs. 4. 93 5 hrs - 18 min. 5. 96 3 hrs.-30 min. 6. 99 2 hrs. - 18 min. 7. 102 1 hr. - 30 min. 8. 105 1 hr. 9. 108 40 min. 10. 111 26 min. 11. 114 17 min. 12. 115 15 min. 13. 118 10 min. 14. 121 6.6 min. 15. 124 4 min. 16. 127 3 min. 17. 130 1 min.

Source: Marsh, 1991 (OSHA)



Table 38: Recommended Average Equivalent Sound Levels for Protecting the Public Health and Welfare

SN Land Use Measures To Protect Against Activity Inference and Hearing Loss Effects (dBA)

1 Residential including farm residence

Leq (24) 55

2 Commercial Leq (24) 70 3 Hospitals Leq (24) 55 4 Industrial Leq (24) 70 5 Educational Leq (24) 55 6 Recreational areas Leq (24) 70 7 Farmland and general

unpopulated land Leq (24) 70

Source: U.S Environmental Protection Agency, 1974 Note: Leq (24) = Equivalent Sound Level in decibels for 24 hours.

Table 39: Recommended Standards for Vibration from Construction Sites

Type of Restriction Area Classified Standard Value I & II 85 dBA Work Prohibited Time I 7.00 P.M. - 7.00

A.M. II 10.00 P.M. - 6.00 A.M.

Maximum Working Duration I 10.00 hrs. per Day II 14 hrs. per Day

Maximum Consecutive Working I & II 6 Days Days Working Prohibited Days I & II Saturdays &

Holidays Source: Vibration Regulation Law 64 of 1976, Japan

Notes: 1. Area I, stands for areas to which one of the following descriptions applies: Areas where maintenance of quiet is particularly needed to preserve the residential

environment. Areas which require maintenance of quiet since they are need for residential purposes. Areas need for commercial and industrial as well as residential propose which are in need of

measures to prevent vibration pollution since a considerable number of houses are located. The neighbourhood of schools, hospitals and the like.

2. Area II stands for areas where there is a need to preserve the living environment of in habitants and other than Area I. 3. Vibration level shall be measured at the boundary line of the specified construction work site.



Table 40: Recommended Limits for Road Traffic Vibration

Area Day time Night time Applicable Areas

I 65 dB 60 dB

Areas where maintenance of quiet is particularly needed to preserve a good living environment and where quiet is called for us as they are used for residential purpose

II 70 dB 65 dB

Areas need for commercial and industrial as well as residential purposes where there is a need to preserve the living environment of local inhabitants and areas mainly serving industrial proposes which are in need of measures to prevent the living environment of local residents from deteriorating.

Source: Vibration Regulation Law 64 of 1976, Japan Note: Vibration level shall be measured at the boundary line of the road.

Table 41: National Drinking Water Quality Standards 2062 B.S Maximum

Type

Parameter

Unit

Concentration

Remarks

Limits

Turbidity NTU 5 (10)

Ph - 6.5-8.5*

Color TCU 5 (15)

Physical Taste & Odor -

Should not be objectionable

Total Dissolved Mg/L 1000

Solids

Electrical Conductivity μs/cm 1500

Iron Mg/L 0.3 (3)

Manganese Mg/L 0.2

Arsenic Mg/L 0.05

Cadmium Mg/L 0.003

Chromium Mg/L 0.05

Cyanide Mg/L 0.07

Fluoride Mg/L 0.5 - 1.5 *

Lead Mg/L 0.01



Maximum

Type

Parameter

Unit

Concentration

Remarks

Limits

Ammonia Mg/L 1.5

Chemical Chloride Mg/L 250 Sulphate Mg/L 250

Nitrate Mg/L 50

Copper Mg/L 1

Calcium Mg/L 200

Zinc 3

Mercury 0.001

Aluminum 0.2

Only for Residual Chlorine Mg/L 0.1 - 0.2 * system using chlorine. Micro E. coli MPN/100 ml 0 Biological Total Coliform MPN/100 ml 0 (95 % in Sample) * These values suggest minimum & maximum limit.

( ) The value inside bracket is valid if there is no alternative. Table 42: Tolerance limits for wastewater to be discharged into inland surface waters from

combined wastewater treatment plant (generic standards) Characteristics Tolerance Limit

Total Suspended solids, mg/L, Max 50 Particle size of total suspended Shall pass 850-micron Particles Sieve pH 5.5 to 9.0

Shall not exceed 40 degree C in any section of the stream within 15 meters down-stream from the

Temperature effluent outlet Biochemical oxygen demand (BOD) for 5 days at 20 degree C, mg/L, Max 50 Oils and grease, mg/L, Max 10 Phenolic compounds, mg/L, Max 1 Cyanides (as CN), mg/L, Max 0.2 Sulphides (as S), mg/L, Max 2



Characteristics Tolerance Limit Radioactive materials: a. Alpha emitters, c/ml, Max 7 Oct b. Beta emitters, c/ml, Max 8 Oct Insecticides Absent Total residual chlorine, mg/L 1 Fluorides (as F), mg/L, Max 2 Arsenic (as As), mg/L, Max 0.2 Cadmium (as, Cd), mg/L, Max 2 Hexavalent chromium (as Cr), mg/L, Max 0.1 Copper (as Cu), mg/L, Max 3 Lead (as Pb), mg/L, Max 0.1 Mercury (as Hg), mg/L, Max 0.01 Nickel (as Ni), mg/L, Max 3 Selenium (as Se), mg/L, Max 0.05 Zinc (as Zn), mg/L, Max 5 Ammonical nitrogen, mg/L, Max 50 Chemical Oxygen Demand, mg/L, Max 250 Silver, mg/L, Max 0.1

10.6 International Laws /Conventions Ramsar Convention, 1971 The Convention on Wetlands of International Importance especially as Waterfowl Habitat, known as the Ramsar Convention, was signed in 1971 and came into force in 1975. It is an independent international convention designed to protect the wetland ecosystems from further destruction. It calls on all signatories to conserve wetlands, promote their sustainable utilization, and set aside special areas as wildlife reserve. The Government of Nepal (GoN) has declared nine lakes, including Phewa Lake, in Kaski district under the Ramsar Convention on 2nd February, 2016.



Convention on Biological Diversity, 1993 The objectives of this Convention, to be pursued in accordance with its relevant provisions, are the conservation of biological diversity, the sustainable use of its components and the fair and equitable sharing of the benefits arising out of the utilization of genetic resources, including by appropriate access to genetic resources and by appropriate transfer of relevant technologies, taking into account all rights over those resources and to technologies, and by appropriate funding. Under the Article 14 of the convention, the each contracting party should introduce appropriate procedures requiring environmental impact assessment of its proposed projects that are likely to have significant adverse effects on biological diversity with a view to avoiding or minimizing such effects and, where appropriate, allow for public participation in such procedures. Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora (CITES), (1973 amended 1979) The convention classifies species according to criteria where access or control is important (e.g. I - species threatened with extinction; II - species which could become endangered; III - species that are protected; E - Endangered; V - Vulnerable, R – Rare (CITES 1983). The project will have to minimize impacts to the CITES species as far as possible. United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC), 1992 This convention was signed in order to stabilize the greenhouse gas (GHG) in the atmosphere. UNFCCC was first initiated in 1992 and was officially enforced since March 14, 1994. In Nepal it was enacted from 31st July 1994 and several activities on research and for awareness raising programs were conducted in order to popularize this convention. In order to accelerate the implementation of UNFCCC, Kyoto Protocol was brought forth and signed by the participating Nations. Nepal has responsibility to abide by the rules & regulations of the Convention. ILO Convention (No.169) Concerning Indigenous and Tribal Peoples in Independent Countries, 1991 The Article 7 of the convention provide right to the indigenous and tribal people to decide their own priorities for the process of development. However, for the national development plans and programs, it mandates consultation with them in the formulation of the plans and programs. Article 12, 13, 14 and 15 safeguards rights of the indigenous people in the land and natural resources in territories traditionally occupied by them. In the event that the state retains the right of the natural resources in their territories, it mandates formulation of special provisions under the state legislation for participation in the decision making process and resettlement process with full compensation of the resulting loss or injury (Article 16).



World Heritage Convention, 1975 This Convention aims at the identification, protection, conservation, presentation and transmission of cultural and natural heritages of outstanding universal value to future generations. When a property inscribed on the World Heritage List is threatened by serious and specific dangers, the World Heritage Committee (the Inter-Governmental Committee formed under this convention for the Protection of the Cultural and Natural Heritage) considers placing it on the List of World Heritage in Danger. When the outstanding universal value of the property, which justified its inscription on the World Heritage List, is destroyed, the Committee considers deleting the property from the World Heritage List. While fully respecting the sovereignty of the States on whose territory the cultural and natural heritage is situated; States parties to the Convention recognize the collective interest of the international community to cooperate in the protection of this heritage. States parties to the World Heritage Convention, have the responsibility to take appropriate legal, scientific, technical, administrative and financial measures to protect the heritage. Convention on the Rights of the Child, 1989 This Convention acknowledges that every child has certain basic rights, including the right to life, his or her own name and identity, to be raised by his or her parent within a family or cultural grouping and have a relationship with both parents, even if they are separated. The Convention obliges states to allow parents to exercise their parental responsibilities. The Convention also acknowledges that children have the right to express their opinions and to have those opinions heard and acted upon when appropriate, to be protected from abuse or exploitation, to have their privacy protected and requires that their lives not be subjected to excessive interference. States parties to the Convention are obliged to develop and undertake all actions and policies in the light of the best interests of the child.



11. ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING AND AUDITING 11.1 Environmental Monitoring Anticipated environmental impacts and mitigation measures have been dealt above. A detailed self-explanatory environmental monitoring program is presented in Tables 36 and 37. The Table lists the environmental impact, its mitigating measures; the parameters to be monitored (including location, measurement and frequency) and the cost. The program will evaluate: (i) the extent and severity of the adverse environmental impacts as compared to what was predicted, (ii) how effective the mitigating measures were and compliance with the regulations and the (iii) overall effectiveness of the EMP. The monitoring works shall be focused on the base situation, also the compliance aspects as per technical specifications of the contract document, and also on the impacts predicted in this report. A brief description of monitoring works is described below;

i. Baseline Environmental Monitoring: Monitoring of some of the parameters will be carried out based on the baseline environmental status of the project area. This will provide information to plan activities to mitigate the negative changes triggered or caused by the project activities.

ii. Environmental Compliance Monitoring: National/inter-national environmental standards/guidelines, and the Contract document will provide technical specifications of the environmental procedures, minimum requirements, and acceptable standards of performance. The monitoring works will be based on compliance to these requirements at the source rather than sink.

iii. Environmental Impact Monitoring: Prediction of impacts as per the EIA study will be monitored based on sink-based monitoring approach during the real-time project phases. This will help the developers and experts to establish further modifications in the impact monitoring process for similar development projects.

The environmental monitoring of PLWWMP includes field supervision and reporting of project activities prior to and during the project construction and operation in order to ensure that the works are being carried out in accordance to the approved design and that the environmental mitigation measures are fully implemented in accordance with the EMP. To help timely identification of the actions needed for correction, a system of monitoring has been proposed involving i) front line monitoring ii) monitoring by the government line agencies or independent monitors, and iii) auditing through the involvement of government agencies, donor agencies and independent auditors. Ministry of Water Supply (MoWS) and Ministry of Forests and Environment (MoFE) will also monitor the compliance and impact monitoring aspects of the project. The following monitoring plan has been proposed;



Table 43: Environmental Monitoring Plan Environmental Impacts

/Project Activities

Mitigation Measures Parameters to be monitored

Location Indicators Responsibility Frequency Remarks

Construction Phase

Physical Environment

Change in landuse Construction of Pumping Station

Minimum possible land will be used for WWTP facilities

Greenery promotion has been planned Buffer zone of 25 to 30 meters has been

planned around the treatment plant site Backfilling and reclamation of alignment will

be carried out

Site clearance as per design document

Technical specifications

Pumping station at Talbarahi Chowk

WWTP site

Demarcations/pegging

Working survey documents

Approval from authorities

Visual inspections

DSC/Contractor/ PLWWMP/ FWSSMP

During site preparations/clearing works During start of excavations/ foundation works

Construction of WWTP and its operational facilities

Soil erosion and Land instability Laying of pipelines Timely backfilling

Preservation of topsoil Covering of loose exposed soils will be

carried out Construction of settlement ponds and silt

fences Avoid excavation during heavy rainy

Excavation and backfill

Drainages systems

Storing of top soil for its re-use

Along pipeline alignment

(from Gairi-ko Chautari to WWTP site)

Excavation and backfill balance

Flow in the drainages

Amount of topsoil conserved


Weekly As and when concern is observed

Construction of WWTP

Stockpiling at safe yards Avoiding earthworks along unstable land

during heavy rain Bioengineering, lining of steep channels for

works alongside unstable areas Surface drainage to be managed

Stockpile works

Spoil disposal works

Drainage provisions

WWTP site

Safety in stockpile site

Amount of spoil disposed

Impact on local water bodies and soil Campsite operation Avoiding construction of labour camps near

water bodies Toilets should be at least 50 meters from

water sources Prohibiting washing on water bodies, and prohibiting open defecation

Fuel and lubricants to be stored in confined places; concrete surfaces to be arranged for

Provision of septic tanks in campsite toilets

Campsite Visual inspection of open discharge if any



Operation of mechanical workshops

Ground sealing in workshops

Mechanical Workshops

Checking of spillages if any

Stockpiling Storage Stockpile Adequacy of site



Environmental Impacts /Project Activities



maintenance works of vehicles/equipments; drip basins and absorbent pads to be placed in the workshops and stockpiles

provisions sites/campsite

area; it operations

Disposal of spoil Spoil to be disposed only in designated spoil tip area. A spoil management plan to be developed by the contractor

Practice of spoil disposal

Phewa lake; Phirke/Phusre khola;

Spoil tip site

Any sign of spoil tipping near/into water bodies

Turbidity record of water bodies

Disposal of waste Providing segregation bins and waste collection bins for the workforce

SWM Practices Campsites Number of bins present in campsites;

Segregation units


Monthly As and when concern is observed

Air pollution, noise nuisance, and vibrations Plying of project vehicles

Water sprinkling to be carried out Covering of construction materials and earth

stockpiles using plastic cover Limiting vehicle speed Fuel quality and vehicle/equipment

maintenance to be insured regularly Prohibiting use of heavy

equipment/construction vehicles during 7pm to 6 am

Operation of heavy equipments to be restricted between 7 pm and 6 am

Provide compensation for any unforeseen damage due to vibration

Vehicle conditions;

Ambient air quality

Complaints from the locals

Project alignment, Pumping station, WWTP site

Maintenance records of vehicles

Air quality, noise level data

Operation schedule of vehicles

Any cracks or damages due to vibration

Schedule of water sprinkling



Excavation works Operation of heavy equipments

Biological Environment

Loss of vegetation cover and forest resources Site clearance at Pumping station & WWTP site

Avoid tree cutting as and where possible Relocate trees as possible Compensatory plantation to be carried out

(@1:10 per tree cut)

Trees cutting; plantation works

WWTP site; Pumping station; Miteri Park

Records of trees cut;

Records of plantation;

DSC/Contractor/ PLWWMP/ FWSSMP/Grievance Redress Committee


Use of fuel wood/timber for construction related

Greenery promotion to be carried out Burning of fuel wood, and collection of fuel

wood by workers to be strictly prohibited LPG/Kerosene to be provisioned in the

Use of fuel wood (if any)

Campsites and workshops; working

Availability of fuel alternatives (kerosene, LPG)






activities campsites sites Disturbance to local aquatic bodes

Disposal of spoil into water bodies

No spoil or waste to be disposed onto water bodies

Spoil to be disposed in designated spoil tip areas

Water turbidity test

Surface water bodies

WQ test reports Complaints from

the locals



Discharge of waste into or nearby the surface water bodies

Toilets for workforce to be established at least 50 m away from water sources

Proper waste collection and management system will be developed for the campsites and project activities

Water quality test


Washing activities by workforce

Washing activities in the local water bodies by the workforce to be strictly prohibited

Adequate water supply to be provisioned in campsites for the workforce

Space and water supply in camps, workshops


Piped water supply in campsites/ workshops

Complaints from the locals



Chemical Environment

Storage of fuel, lubricants, etc

Use of confined storages for fuel and lubricants

Storage, Spillage, wastage of fuel, lubricants

Campsite, stockpiles, workshop

Smell, leakage or spillage



Handling of accidental spillage/ leakage

Provision of sealed base, drip basins and absorbent pads in workshops and campsites

Training to the workforce on handling of chemicals/hazardous materials; trainings of OHS; Standard operation procedures

Handling of fuel, lubricants and chemicals by trained operators

Handling of fuel, lubricants

Campsite, stockpiles, workshop

Any spillage/leakages

Any accident record/s



Disposal of used lubricants, extra paints etc

Used lubricants or extra paints will not be disposed on open land/surfaces

Used lubricants or extra paints will be contained, and sent to the certified vendors or oil companies

End treatment of used lubricants, paints






Socio-economic and Cultural Environment

Occupational Health & Safety Excavation works for laying of pipes

Medical screening of the workforce Workers will be provided with adequate PPEs Provision of potable drinking in the labour

camps/for the workers Use of clean fuel for cooking for workforce First aid kids to be placed at all work fronts

and at campsites Health insurance of the workers to be

mandatory Trainings on OHS A detailed OHS plan to be developed by the

contractor (Annex 11)

Provision of PPEs

Use of PPEs Schedule of

medical screening

Number of trainings

Provision of clean fuel for cooking in campsites

Provision of potable water for workforce

All work-fronts

Records of accidents;

Health records of the workforce

Reports of OHS trainings



Working in trenches for pipeline installation Frameworks of office building, and other facilities

Community Safety Digging of trenches for pipe-laying

Safety signboards to be placed at visible places in Nepali as well as English languages

Awareness activities on environmental sensitivity; safety

Timely notifications and coordination with the local communities before starting pipe-laying works in the communities

Proper fencing and signage in campsites/stockpiles

Coordination with the locals

Pipeline alignment; stockpile/campsite/workshops

Incidence of accidents/

complaints Meeting minutes;

records of awareness/

information dissemination



Land instability along pipeline alignment Public movement in active sites and stockpiles

Pressure on basic facilities and social services Supply of provisions for workforce causing pressure on utility supply of local market

Separate water supply system with consent from the local authority

Separate toilets for the workforce Dedicated supplier (from nearest outside

market) for provision of daily commodities for campsites

Availability of water or any daily commodity to workforce and the locals

Service area

Grievances from locals

DSC/Contractor/ PLWWMP/ FWSSMP/ Grievance Redress Committee

Quarterly As and when concern is observed

Pipeline laying along the road alignment (Hallan Chowk, Talbarahi chowk,

Notifying sign-boards to be placed at visible sites

Any damage to road furnitures and public rest places (chautari) will be restored to

Any deduction in water supply or daily commodity

Service area

Dissatisfaction from locals on use of local resources by workforce

DSC/Contractor/ PLWWMP/ FWSSMP/Grievance Redress Committee

Monthly As and when concern is






Miteri Park) original form. due to project activity

Increase in market price of daily commodities in the specific area where the workforce and locals buy

observed

Disturbance to local traffic Plying of project vehicles & hindrance in movement of vehicles during digging of trenches

Coordination with local communities and authorities

Preparation of a Traffic Management Plan by the contractor and its implementation (Annex 10)

Condition of traffic in roads of project area

Areas where project activities are ongoing

Presence of a dedicated traffic management person in the contractor’s team

Traffic records in active sites



Disturbance to socio-economic/tourism activities and cultural values Pipe-laying works Pipe-laying schedules to be prepared in

consultation with local representatives, and to be shared at least 3 days prior to work commencement

Local festivals, cultural activities and social events should not be disturbed

Workforce to be sensitized on cultural and social norms as well as values of the host community

Code of conduct will be strictly implemented for the workforce

Project activities disturbing or hindering social activities, tourism events

Any disturbance caused by activities of workers

Project alignment with focus in areas like Hallan chowk, Talbarahi chowk, Rastra bank chowk

Records of notices to and meetings with the locals on schedules of pipe-laying

Any complaints from the locals (lodge owners, tourist guides, etc) on disturbance due to project works



Construction works in pumping station at Talbarahi chowk Other construction works at WWTP sites

Community health & hygiene, and Sanitation Operation of campsites

Workers health will be screened against communicable diseases

Stockpiles and campsites to be fenced, and restriction to possible entry of children strictly monitored

Medical screening of workforce

Accessibility of campsites/stockpiles

Campsites/stockpiles

Health center records of increase in communicable diseases

Any records of accidents of locals in project sites



Disposal of waste (solid waste, sewer)

Toilets for workforce to be established at least 50 m away from water sources

Open waste disposal to be prohibited

Location of toilets; water quality of

Project sites

Water quality test report

Presence of solid

DSC/Contractor/ PLWWMP/ FWSSMP/ Grievance

Weekly As and when






nearby water bodies

Practices of waste management

waste management facilities for campsites, active sites

Redress Committee concern is observed

Increase in social disputes Inadequate provision of employment to the locals

Prioritize the employment to locals (this will be defined in the contract document)

Opportunities for the locals

Project sites

Records of local employment in reports



Wage provisions Wage to be based on district norms Wage rates Project sites

Wage payment receipts

Outside workforce Application of code of conduct for the workforce

Continuous coordination with the local authorities, stakeholders (wards 6, 7 and 17)

Involvement of workers from different areas

Project sites

Records of outside workers

Records of complaints from locals

Gender discrimination Women employment constraints

Women employment will be prioritized - at least 15%

Equal wage for women to be maintained

Opportunities for women & wage rates

Project sites

Records of workers

Complaint from women workers



Provisions for female workers

Separate and adequate provisions for women in the campsites

Separate toilet facilities for women workforce

Space & toilets for women

Campsites Complaint from women workers

Loss of private land, and damage to existing facilities

Land to be acquired for WWTP site

Land acquisition to be completed before starting construction works in the proposed WWTP site

Compensation as per procedure

WWTP site

Records of payments

Satisfaction level of affected persons

PLWWMP/RMS/ MoWS/ Grievance Redress Committee

Before mobilization of contractor

Pipe-laying works Compensation should be provided for any private property damaged during pipe laying works

Damaged public infrastructures to be reinstated to the original state

Compensation and reinstatement works

Project sites / WWTP site






Operation & Maintenance Phase Air quality, noise and odour nuisance Plying of project vehicles, operation of generators

Project vehicles and equipment to be maintained regularly

Generators to comply with GoN standards (GoN, 2012)

Conditions of vehicles, and models of generators

Campsite, worksites

Specifications of vehicles, generators

Records of maintenance of vehicles

PLWWMP// Grievance Redress Committee MoWS/MoFE/Experts

Monthly Within 1 year of start of operation

Regular operations, and sludge drying

Accumulated sludge and solid waste will be cleared within 24 hours

Herbicides will be sprayed on accumulated sludge/solid waste to reduce odour

Aromatic/fragrance trees/plants to be planted in the buffer zone around the proposed WWTP site

Operation conditions of the sludge drying bed

Plantations carried out

Pumping station, WWTP site and close-by localities

Records of complaints from the locals

PLWWMP/ Grievance Redress Committee MoWS/MoFE/Experts

Weekly Within 1 year of start of operation

Impact on water bodies/soil Effluent discharge from the WWTP

Wastewater effluent standards before releasing it to natural surface sources will be maintained

Effluent quality

WWTP/ Outlet at

Phusre khola

Effluent test report

PLWWMP MoWS/MoFE/Experts


Disposal of waste from operations units

No wastes to be disposed on to surface water bodies or openly

Project to maintain its SWM plan and activities

SWM system of project

Campsites Presence of segregation and collection facilities

Open disposal or burning spot



Drying of sludge Regular monitoring of water quality/waste water quality

Sludge drying bed to have concrete sealing, and drainage

Leachate will be re-circulated Regular spreading of lime on drying beds

Operation conditions of the sludge drying bed

Ambient environment of nearby sites/water bodies

WWTP site

Any surface flow of black water

Water quality test report of nearby sites



Decommissioning During post-construction, decommissioning of the campsite and temporary facilities of the project will need to be carried out

Landscape of the used site

Presence of

Campsite and stockpile

Visual inspection of decommissioned

PLWWMP

Within 3 months from






Wastes need to be disposed to designated sites, reusable items should be handed over to the local stakeholders

The site/s will be reinstated to the original stage

any used materials in the sites

Existing utility of the site

areas site Verification of

preconstruction photos/evidence from locals

MoWS/MoFE/Experts end of the construction phase

Occupational Health & Safety, and community health & safety Operation of WWTP units like aerators, de-sludge, cleaning

O&M training with safety aspects to be provided to the workers/operators/staff

Protective clothing and PPEs to be provided to the workers

Regular health screening to be carried out for the workers

Provisions of PPEs, trainings,

Regularity of health check-ups

Pumping station; WWTP

Records of PPEs’ provision/use; O&M, and safety trainings, accidents, health screening of workforce



Movement of public in project facilities

Entry of locals/children inside the WWTP to be prohibited without authorization

Safety signals & signs boards, and notices to be placed in Nepali and English languages at pumping station and WWTP site

Public safety aspects


Records of incidents with the visitors/observers

Visibility/clarity of safety messages


Monthly Within 1 year of start of operation

Effluent discharge Daily supervision of operation of WWTP units Weekly monitoring of discharge quality No leakage of effluent from the pipeline Monthly monitoring of WWTP mechanical

units, and prompt maintenance in case of any malfunctioning

Status of effluent discharge

Any leakage in pipelines;

Project area

Reports of effluent quality test

Any observation/complaints regarding leakage

Records of repair/maintenance works of pipelines/joints/units





For monitoring and supervision of the works - Federal Water Supply and Sewerage Management Project (FWSSMP) will be responsible through the team of PLWWMP which has been established specifically for the implementation of this project. The Safeguards Unit of the Project should report the Environmental Monitoring results of project implementation to PLWWMP through DWSSM as per; Monthly progress reports on EMP implementation should be submitted to FWSSMP and

DWSSM. The Senior Environmental Engineer of the Safeguards Unit should oversee the environmental

monitoring activities undertaken by DSC. FWSSMP should be routinely informed on the status of the EMP implementation. The DSC Environmental Engineer/Specialist should carry out monitoring of the EMP

components and parameters as specified in the EMP ToR which should be made available to DSC, and produce a monitoring report, which should be included in the monthly progress report.

DSC should prepare a monthly EMP monitoring report and should submit to DWSSM and FWSSMP /PLWWMP, and

The Construction Contractor is responsible for implementing the approved Environmental Mitigation Execution Plan; and prepare a monthly progress report and submit it to DWSSM and FWSSMP /PLWWMP through DSC.

Construction and operation phase monitoring of the mitigating measures will mainly consider the following impacts due to: Construction Phase: Soil erosion, sedimentation and slope stabilization; spoil-tip protection and management; stock taking of species of urban vegetation during vegetation clearance along pipeline alignments and re-plantation; change in hydrology and morphology of streams and rivers; water, air and noise (vibration) pollution; solid waste; land intake and compensation; reinstatement of damaged structures and services; crime and community stress; health, safety and sanitation of the work force and camps; archaeological and cultural sites and chance finds; and traffic management. Operation Phase: Discharge of industrial wastes to wastewater treatment systems; wastewater treatment operations; sludge disposal; quality of drinking water supplies; pipe flushing and wastewater release to receiving waters. Some of the baseline monitoring surveys (to be done by DSC) that are required before the construction starts so as to compare them to that during and after the construction works are: Monitoring of Air Quality and Noise Level of the Project: Monitoring of air quality and noise levels (including vibrations) should be conducted before and during the rehabilitation and construction of water supply pipes and sewers and documented in the monthly EMP progress reports. Water Quality Analysis of the rivers at different locations: The project construction activities add to the pollution of the rivers. Water quality at different locations should be analyzed according to the Nepal Drinking Water Quality Standards and Guidelines in order to examine the physical, chemical and biological quality of the water on a weekly and monthly basis and should be documented in the monthly EMP progress report. Monitoring of springs, spouts and other water sources of Valley: Phewa lake area (lake side) has several, water spouts, springs, drinking water supply and wells at various places being used daily by the urban people. Some of them have already dried up because of the severe encroachments and some of them are still functioning and serving the local people as sources of water. During rehabilitation and installation of new pipelines, the existing spouts and other water sources may be disturbed. In order to examine the continuity of the flow of the spouts and springs of Pokhara Valley during the dry season, they should be monitored and information included in the monthly progress report.



a. Environmental Procedures and Institutions The Ministry of Forests and Environment (MoFE) is in charge of environmental control and management for all sector agencies. The Ministry of Water Supply (MoWS) has the overall responsibility for environmental monitoring of all water supply and sewerage projects. In case of an EIA, it has to be finally approved by MoFE. MoWS and MoFE will be apex bodies of environmental monitoring. Ministry of Industry, Tourism, Forest and Environment (MoITFE) of Gandaki Province will also be reported and coordinated for the monitoring of this project. Table 44 defines the roles of different organizations and groups in environmental monitoring;

Table 44: Institutional/Organizational Responsibilities in Environmental Monitoring SN Organization Roles and Responsibilities

Pre-construction phase Construction phase Operation phase

1 Ministry of Forests and Environment (MoFE)

Review and approve EIA reports and approve all mitigation measures review monthly monitoring reports.

Review monitoring report to examine: (i) whether or not all recommended measures have been implemented, (ii) effectiveness of these measures, (iii) implementation of compliances, and (iv) employment of an independent third party monitoring consultant once a year.

Project auditing after two years of operation

2 Ministry of Water Supply (MoWS)

Review EIA document review design and tender documents in order to examine whether or not mitigation prescriptions are included, and instruct PLWWMP

Review EMP Report (i) to ensure EMP implementation (ii) effectiveness of the implementation measures (iii) compliance, and (iv) monitoring of construction twice a year

Review biannual monitoring reports, and annual site inspection.

3 PLWWMP Appoint FWSSMP, review final design and tender documents and forward them to MOWS, instruct PMU to update RAP and get it approved, establish, Safeguards Unit/Utility Management Coordination Sub- committee /appoint Design

Conduct frontline monitoring on (i) mitigation implementation (ii) effectiveness (iii) enhancement programs (iv) appoint monitoring team (v) ensure public participation (vi) RAP implementation (vii) environmental compliance and (viii) prepare quality monitoring

Ensure smooth operation of water supply and sewerage systems



SN Organization Roles and Responsibilities

Pre-construction phase Construction phase Operation

phase and Supervision Consultant (DSC) obtain all necessary permissions and permits, notify, carryout land acquisition, and select contractor, award and review EMEP document prepared by the contractor and approve it.

report to submit to MoWS/MoFE.

4 Design and Supervision Consultant (DSC)

Incorporate all provisions of EMP in the final design, incorporate all mitigation measures in the tender documents, assist in site inspection during land intake, and baseline monitoring of air and water quality, noise level and vibrations and overall environmental status of the project area.

Approval of construction works, monitoring of the Contractor’s performance on EMP implementation/ mitigation effectiveness/impact monitoring, labour employment as per regulations, instruct contractor for corrective actions, impose fine/or null payment in case of non- compliance, and prepare monthly monitoring report/ participate in inspection. periodic monitoring of air quality, water quality and quality, water quality and at the project area, monitoring of impacts on physical, biological and socio-economic components of the environment in the project area, conducting trainings and Community Awareness and periodic meetings with stakeholders, and submit monthly and biannual



SN Organization Roles and Responsibilities

Pre-construction phase Construction phase Operation

phase progress reports, including monitoring results and mitigation activities.

5 Construction Contractor

Prepare EMEP for the contrac and implement it Assist the supervising engineer in joint site inspection

Monitoring personnel, and submit monthly reports on EMP compliance to DSC

6 Beneficiary Community

Ensure public participation during project construction and operation. Support other stakeholders in environmental management and related activities

Implement activities to support maintenance of the water and wastewater systems

b. Grievance Redress Mechanism Disturbances to community due to increased noise level from operation of different equipments/generators, odour pollution in solid wastes management site, traffic congestion problems etc are the predicted likely environmental issues which will have direct concern with community and local inhabitants. For the sake of removal or diminishing these impacts, this EIA report provides pragmatic mitigation measures. With the strict following of those prescribed mitigation measures and can influence minimizing public grievances. Nevertheless, if community grievances appear during implementation phase, the administrative tasks of proposed project could be hampered.

GRC Entities

Figure 11: Grievance Redress Committee (GRC)

Members of Grievance Redress Committee

(GRC)

Municipality

PLWWMP Administration Representative -

Community Representatives - 2

Environment and/or Social Expert -1



Regarding this, a Grievance Redress Committee (GRC) is proposed for solving and managing those raised grievances. GRC is responsible for coordinating grievance raisers directly and is responsible to address such grievances in such a way that a perfect harmony would be established with local community and grievance raisers. A GRC is composed of several entities like PLWWMP, Municipality representative and community representatives.

Figure 12: Working Modality of Grievance Redress Ccommittee (GRC) c. Mechanism for Feedback and Adjustment The feedback mechanism of the reporting should be conducted as under the tiered monitoring system. Depending upon the results of monitoring, necessary adjustments will be made to the overall implementation of the EMP. The effectiveness of mitigation measures and monitoring plans will be evaluated through a feedback reporting system. Adjustments in the EMP will be made if necessary. If EMP modification is requested by the contractors and/or PLWWMP, the proposals will be reviewed in detail. If the modifications are approved in principle, specific modifications will be submitted by the contractors to DSC for further review and revisions made if necessary. The responsible institutions/individuals/stakeholders etc. will be responsible with the help of qualified staff and monitoring equipment for monitoring the performance of the mitigation measures and the environmental impacts of the Project. Complaints will be immediately looked into through the grievance redress mechanism mentioned earlier. The data generated from the project components by the Environmental Specialist of DSC will help in developing environmental and socio-economic indicators to be used in the measurement of the project impacts which will be shared with PLWWMP and concerned bodies monthly.

Grievance Redress Committee(GRC)

Grievance Raiser

Assessment of complaint Nature of impact perceived by

grievance raisers/community Review of Compliance

Monitoring related to raised grievance

Suggest/Recommend possible grievance addressing measures

PLWWMP Administration

Implementation of grievance addressing

measures

Community Meeting for feedback



d. Reporting Procedures The reporting system should be based on site supervision to see whether mitigation measures are carried out according to the monitoring plan. The Contractor should develop an Environmental Mitigations Execution Plan (EMEP) based on the EMP. The EMEP should be approved by FWSSMP /PLWWMP. The DSC is responsible for checking the monthly progress reports submitted by the Contractor and field verified whether or not the Contractor has complied with the approved conditions as stated in the EMEP. DSC should then prepare a environmental monitoring report based on the monthly report submitted by the Contractor and submit to FWSSMP /PLWWMP for review. FWSSMP /PLWWMP should forward the monitoring report to DSC for review by its Environmental Specialist. The report is developed based on field inspection, investigation, consultation and information given in the monitoring report. The Environmental Specialist of DSC should then review the comments and suggestions from the various authorities, and then act accordingly. Monthly progress reports, including bi-annual and annual reports on the implementation of EMP should be produced on a regular basis. The monthly progress report should include cases of compliance and non-compliance and the corresponding further mitigation measures to be adopted to correct the non-compliances and also include the outcome of the monitoring, important issues identified and the measures to be undertaken to ameliorate them.

e. Procurement plan and cost estimates Costs of all mitigation measures during the construction phase will be included in the tender and contract documents, and will be borne by the contractors. Costs for the operation phase trainings of PLWWMP staff will be borne by the project. Water quality monitoring, air quality monitoring along with odour monitoring, and noise level monitoring will be carried out annually. The costs of other activities like awareness and trainings have been calculated for the project period of 5 years. Likewise, the cost of compensatory plantation and cost of 5 years of care-taking of the planted trees have been taken account into the EMP and monitoring cost. The following table provides the details of the environmental management and monitoring activities;

Table 45: Environmental Management and Monitoring Costs

SN Item Cost per Total Cost year (NRs) (NRs)

1 Water quality monitoring (7 samples per month) 200,000 1,000,000

2 Air quality monitoring along with odour monitoring and noise level monitoring (7 samples per month) 500,000 2,500,000

3 Water Sprinkling 1,500,000 4 Land Acquisition 70,000,000 5 Compensation and reinstatement 5,000,000 6 Plantation (with 5 years’ care-taking) and greenery promotion 2,500,000 7 Trainings 2,000,000

8 Environmental awareness & IEC materials 300,000 1,500,000 9 Social safeguards meetings 50,000 250,000 Total Cost 86,250,000

Hence, the total cost of environmental management and monitoring acitivites for the project is NRs 86,250,000. This cost should be inbuilt in the EMP works of the contract document of the construction contract package.



f. Work Plan The EMP implementation schedule is scheduled for a period of 5 years. Most of the activities have been scheduled on a continuous basis. Under the Chief of PLWWMP, there is a Technical Division (headed by a Deputy Technical Manager). Before operation, PLWWMP/ FWSSMP /DSC, with the help of the Technical Division of PLWWMP will develop detailed work plans for implementing mitigation measures and monitoring plans based on the EMP. These plans will be incorporated into the project contracts which will then be submitted to the relevant Branch Offices to help in supervising the works. Before construction, PLWWMP/ FWSSMP will develop detailed responsibilities and requirements for contractors and will provide detailed cost estimates of mitigation measures and environmental monitoring in the construction contracts. PLWWMP/ FWSSMP will also detail the responsibilities of their environmental management offices and prepare their work schedules. Before operation, PLWWMP/ FWSSMP will develop detailed work plans for environmental management and monitoring during operation based on the EMP. These work plans will be submitted to the concerned persons to help them supervise implementation. 11.2 Environmental Auditing Environmental audit of the project will be conducted by the MoFE as per EPR provisions for:

• Performance audit to examine the effectiveness of the project environmental mitigation and monitoring plan as to the approved EIA conditions; and

• Project Impact Audit to examine the environmental changes arising from the project implementation.

The envisaged environmental audit team will comprise of an environmental expert experienced in EIA study, monitoring and auditing works as team leader accompanied by a sociologist, terrestrial ecologist, and aquatic ecologist. The approach for audit will be a scoping type audit, which will basically rely on the documents and records starting from approved EIA document and including the bi-monthly monitoring reports of the project revealing compliance to EIA approval conditions for mitigation management and impact monitoring recorded database. The FWSSMP will provide all the required documents, and the stakeholders, action taken to the comments and suggestions of the stakeholders etc. Apart from the above the audit team will make a weeklong visit to the project site to directly observe the field conditions and comprehend with the earlier documented reports and database. Besides, the audit team will conduct local stakeholder meetings with the affected households and communities and key informants including the personnel of project operation management office at the site. The Environmental audit will gather information on following areas: Condition of natural, social & economic resources prior to and after project construction; Whether the impacts forecasted by EIA study occurred, if yes, the extent of impacts;



Whether or not enhancement and mitigation measures implemented are effective to enhance beneficial impacts and control adverse impacts respectively;

Whether or not landscapes degraded due to project implementation have been restored to their original (or better) conditions;

What are the impacts of boom-bust scenario among the workforce involved in project implementation and the local economy; and

Overall effect on the local economy from the project implementation.

The environmental audit report of the proposed project must focus on; • Physical parameters and Chemical parameters

Air quality, and Noise nuisance, Water quality and Waste water, Healthcare wastes, Ground water conditions, Greenery Maintenance

Hazardous constituents in solid and liquid wastes • Biological parameters

Change in Aquatic faunal composition in local streams • Socio-economic and cultural parameters

Occupational safety and health hazards, Economic status of the local communities, Employment opportunities

The following table provides the plan for environmental audit for this project;

Table 46: Environmental Audit Plan SN Parameters Location Methods Sources Indicators I Physical Environment 1. Air Quality Total Suspended solid

particulate

Halan Chowk; Pumping station; WWTP

Air Sampler

Analysis data The amount and types of SSP; • pre-project • during construction • after construction, and

their comparison with ambient standards

Dust from construction activities


Visual Inspection

Information from local people

Dust accumulation • in house • plants leaves • surroundings

2. Noise levels Measurement of decibels

Halan Chowk; Pumping station; WWTP

Decible meter

Measurement and information from local people

Noise levels; • pre-project • during construction • after construction • their comparison with

ambient standards Intensity of noise during

construction construction sites

Questions Local people • any hearing impairment case



SN Parameters Location Methods Sources Indicators 3. Water quality Temperature, pH,

Turbidity; TSS, DSS, hardness, chloride Sodium, oil and grease; Coliform, DO, BOD, COD

Phewa Lake, Phirke khola, Phusre khola

Water samples collected from different source

Analytical data Comparison with ambient water quality; • pre-project • during construction • after construction

4. Disposal of Spoils and Construction Wastes

Disposal of excavated soils and campsite wastes

Halan Chowk; Pumping station; WWTP site

Observation/ interview

Local information

• local drainage • project

5. Land surface disturbance Disturbance to natural land

surfaces Constrution sites

Visual observation

Local Information Photographs Contractor

Unstable areas; water logging sites

Adequate drainage facilities such as catch drains, herringbone drains, side drains


Visual observation Photographs etc.

Drainage facilities installed and number of disturbed area due to the lack of drainage

Temporary workforce sites cleaned and restored to original condition

Project area Visual inspection

Workforce camps cleared and restored to original condition

II Biological Environment 1. Forest and Vegetation Fuel wood trade location

of timber depots and fire wood sale in the project construction

Project site Records

Local People available information

Volume of wood sold

Alternative Energy for cooking for labour force

Project sites Records from the contractors

Local people Kerosene or LPG provisions

Harvesting and trade of medicinal plants

Project sites and the market

Information from local people and market

Local people Sales of medicinal herbs to workforce

General condition of forest nearby

Forest near project site

Observation Information and Local people

Forest condition/approach by workforce

2. Wildlife and Fauna Composition

Wildlife hunting trapping and poaching by workforce

Forest area near the project site

Interview with local people and photographs

Local people Number of wild animal seen

Trading of wildlife products dried meat, etc

Project site and market

Observation & interview

Local people Sales of animal product

Frequency of the birds and Project area Observation Local people Frequency of wild animal



SN Parameters Location Methods Sources Indicators mammals seen before and after the project

Interview and birds seen in project area

Fishing activities by workforce

Project site Interview Local people Fishing activities by workforce

III Socio-economic Environment 1. Employment Opportunity Number of local labors

employed in the project construction

Project Site Analysis of records interview

Records from Contractors and Local people

Percentage of local labours were higher / lower

Number of local labors employed in the project construction

Project Site Analysis of records interview

Records from Contractors and Local people

Percentage of local labours were higher / lower

2. Local market and business

Number and types of shops established during construction and how many of them are existing after the construction

Road sides and in project sites

Records Records and local people

• Number of shops increased / decreased during construction

• Majority of shops are still operations/closed

Establishment of industry in the vicinity of project site

Project sites and surroundings

Records Observation and local people

New industries established/no establishment

Rent of house and land space, before during and after the project

Local area Inquiries Local tenants and local people

Rent of house before/ during and after project has increased/decreased

3. Changes in land use pattern

Project area Interview/ Observation

Farmers and local entrepreneurs

Indication of changes

4. OHS aspects Types and numbers of

accidents occurred during construction

Construction sites

Records Records from contractors and local people

Number and type of accident

Adequacy of occupational safety measures provided by the project

Construction sites

Records Records from contractors and Local people

Adequate/ Inadequate

Facility of First aid emergency Services provided

Project site Records Records of office Local people

Provided/ not available

Compensation to the loss of life or disability

Project site Records Records of contractor, office of Project management and local people

Provided/ not provided

Cases of communicable diseases

Project sites Records Medical records from local medical center, Interview

Number of cases of communicable diseases



SN Parameters Location Methods Sources Indicators 5. Socio-Culturally

Undesirable Activities

Liquor production and consumption

Project site Interview Local people Liquor consumption high moderate

Disputes and crimes Project Sites Records from local police and project Management

Local people Cases of dispute/ crime

Use of child labour Project site Records Records from contractor and local people

Records of child labour

6. Information dissemination to workers, local people about the project implementation

Local area Means of information dissemination

Local people, project staffs, labours

Adequate dissemination or Inadequate

7. Grievance Mechanism Types of damages made

on personal properties Project site and its vicinities

Records Local people Cases of damages or no cases

Damages to local infrastructure such as road and irrigation

Within the periphery of project area

Records Concerned agencies

Damages on public facilities

The cost for environmental audit is estimated at NRs 580,000.00 and this will be borne by the project itself. A detail breakdown of the cost is presented in table below;

Table 47: Cost breakdown for Environmental Auditing

Particulars Duration (M/M) Rate (Rs) Amount Human Resource Environmentalist (Team Leader) 1.25 100,000 125,000 Public Health Expert 1 70,000 70,000 Ecologist/Biologist 1 60,000 60,000 Wastewater Management Expert 1 80,000 80,000 Socio-economist 1 80,000 80,000 Field surveyors 1 30,000 30,000 Transportation, Stationeries LS 35,000 Sub total 480,000 Supervision cost (MoFE and others) 50,000 Contingency 50,000 Grand total 580,000



12. CONCLUSIONS Overall, the impacts of the Phewa Lake Waste Water Management Project (PLWWMP) will be very positive, benefitting the environment and the people. It is concluded that the project will have significant benefits in the health of Phewa Lake, sanitation of the local communities, and socio-economy of the project area. Some negative impacts are anticipated during implementation but in specific areas and for short duration. Possibility of impacts in the local water bodies including Phewa Lake and Bulaundi khola; concerns of disturbance to the local transportation especially with respect to local tourism and business; and aspects of OHS in particular concern of sewer line laying are seen as among the major concerns to be mitigated during the Construction Phase. During Operation Phase, the concern of potential discharge of untreated waste water into Phusre khola, and aspects of odour nuisance near WWTP site have been identified as issues to be addressed with priority. This has been proposed to be minimized by the provision of buffer zone around the Treatment Plant. The preparation of Environmental Mitigations Execution Plan (EMEP) by the contractor to implement the Environmental Management Plan (EMP) provisioned with the cost of NRs 16,250,000 should be timely implemented, and its monitoring by PLWWMP needs to be prioritized. Coordination with the local tole lane organization, local authority and local stakeholders will be a key to successful development of this project. Public consultation, taken as a through-out process, will be supportive to reduce grievances and to timely implementation of this project. Finally, the implementation of this project is concluded to be environmentally feasible as well as beneficial in long term as well.



Reference Materials CBS/NPC/HMG, 2002. Statistical Pocket Books, CBS Publication Feasibility Study Report of Phewa Lake Waste Water Management Project, May 2014 Detailed Engineering Design Report of Phewa Lake Waste Water Management Project,

June 2014 Shrestha K., 1998; Dictionary of Nepalese Plant Names. Mandela Book. Environment Protection Act, 1997, GoN Environment Protection Rules, 1997 (and its Amendments), GoN Husen, M.A., Yadav, C.N.R.,Shrestha, M.K., Bista,J.D. (2012).Growth and Production of

Planktivorous Fish Species in Cages Stocked as Monoculture and Polyculture at Khapuadi in Phewa Lake, Nepal. Asian Fisheries Science 25 (2012):218-231

Shrestha TK (2008), Ichthyology of Nepal: A study of fishes of the Himalayan waters. Himalayan Ecosphere, Kathmandu, Nepal.

Asian Development Bank, 2012. Solid Waste Management in Nepal-Current Status and Policy Recommendations

Safeguards Policy Statement (June, 2009), ADB. Bhagawat Rimal, Ph.D., April 2011, Journal of Theoretical and Applied Information

Technology, Little Lion Scientific R&D, Islamabad, Pakistan, Thesis Paper on Urban Growth and Land Use/ Land Cover Change of Pokhara Sub-Metropolitan City, Nepal

Nepal Tourism Board, 2016 edition, Booklet-Paradise Pokhara Nepal Foresters Association, Babar Mahal. Handbook of Forestry Ministry of Forest and Soil Conservation. 2006. Nepal Biodiversity Plan. Ministry of

Forest and Soil Conservation, Kathmandu Pandey, M. R., Chitrakar, G. R., Kafle, B., Sapkota, S. N., Rajaure, S., and Gautam, U.,

2002, Seismic Hazard Map of Nepal, Department of Mines and Geology, Nepal. pp. 59-73

Sharma, S. & Gurung, T.B. (2018) Fish catch seasonal variation in Phewa Lake, Nepal. Nepalese Journal of Aquaculture and Fisheries: 27-39.

Survey conducted in 58 Municipalities (2012) - Solid waste Management in Nepal, Current status and policy recommendations - Asian Development Bank

Zhang, P., Yang, Z., Gupta, H. K., Bhatia, S. C., and Shedlock, K. M., 1999, Global Seismic Hazard Assessment Program (GSHAP) in continental Asia. Annali di Geofisica, v. 42(6): pp.1167-1190.

https://www.researchgate.net/publication/275355068_Growth_and_Production_of_Planktivorous_Fish_Species_in_Cages_Stocked_as_Monoculture_and_Polyculture_at_Khapuadi_in_Phewa_Lake_Nepal?_iepl%5BgeneralViewId%5D=Uw2UK4WMQuxATETpuPsb1MJVN00LOAAVDD28&_iepl%5Bcontexts%5D%5B0%5D=searchReact&_iepl%5BviewId%5D=byM9ITaqh0k9HU0m48e3I5kfA2lrEZGZZPsk&_iepl%5BsearchType%5D=publication&_iepl%5Bdata%5D%5BcountLessEqual20%5D=1&_iepl%5Bdata%5D%5BinteractedWithPosition4%5D=1&_iepl%5Bdata%5D%5BwithoutEnrichment%5D=1&_iepl%5Bposition%5D=4&_iepl%5BrgKey%5D=PB%3A275355068&_iepl%5BtargetEntityId%5D=PB%3A275355068&_iepl%5BinteractionType%5D=publicationTitle





BDA and ERMC Jv


BDA and ERMC Jv

ANNEXURE Annex 1: Approval of Scoping Document & ToR; and Approved ToR Suggestions Incorporation Matrix for Approval Letter of SD/ToR Annex 2: Project Alignment and Components Annex 3: Geological Maps of Project Area Annex 4: Water Quality Analysis Reports Annex 5: Public Hearing Notice, and Public Hearing Annex 6: Recommendation Letter from Municipality Annex 7: Environmental Study Checklists & List of Flora and Fauna Annex 8: Questionnaire, & Sample of filled ones Annex 9: Spoil Management Plan (framework) Annex 10: Traffic Management Plan (Sample) Annex 11: OHS Plan (framework) Annex 12: Declaration sheets of EIA Study Team Members Annex 13: Photographs Annex 14: Comment Incorporation Matrix


BDA and ERMC Jv


BDA and ERMC Jv

Annex 1: Approval of Scoping Document &ToR; and Approved ToR Document


BDA and ERMC Jv


BDA and ERMC Jv


BDA and ERMC Jv


BDA and ERMC Jv


BDA and ERMC Jv


BDA and ERMC Jv


BDA and ERMC Jv


BDA and ERMC Jv


BDA and ERMC Jv


BDA and ERMC Jv


BDA and ERMC Jv


BDA and ERMC Jv


BDA and ERMC Jv


BDA and ERMC Jv


BDA and ERMC Jv


BDA and ERMC Jv


BDA and ERMC Jv


BDA and ERMC Jv


BDA and ERMC Jv


BDA and ERMC Jv


BDA and ERMC Jv


BDA and ERMC Jv


BDA and ERMC Jv


BDA and ERMC Jv


BDA and ERMC Jv


BDA and ERMC Jv


BDA and ERMC Jv


BDA and ERMC Jv

Suggestions Incorporation Matrix for Approval Letter of SD/ToR

SN Suggestions Incorporation in EIA Remarks 1 During EIA study, the report should be

based on detailed Baseline study Baseline study has been carried out

2 If new environmental concerns are observed during the EIA study period, these need to be incorporated in the EIA Report

A new issue of water source of two water supply projects at downstream Phusre khola has been discussed as per the findings of the detailed field observations of this EIA study

3 Components of WTP, and mitigation measures related to the WTP should be detailed

Components of WTP has been described in sub-heading 3.3.2, & Its mitigation measures and monitoring aspects are detailed in Table 35, and Table 43

4 Description should be provided sewer line-wise in the EIA Report

The sewer line wise description is provided in sub-heading 3.3.1

5 Under ‘Physical Environment’ of the EIA study report, seismicity aspect also needs to be considered

Seismicity aspects have been discussed in sub-heading 5.1.7

6 EIA Report should be prepared with detail plan for Waste Water Management

Details of Waste Water Management has been provided

7 The concerns raised during Public Hearing, and the signed minutes of the Public Hearing should be included in EIA Report

The minutes of Public Hearing has been incorporated The concerns of Public Hearing have been incorporated in the EIA Report

Annex 5

8 The Recommendation of local authority should be received after the date of Public Hearing

The recommendation letter is of date 2075/09/13 & the Public Hearing was conducted on 2075/06/05

Annex 6


BDA and ERMC Jv


BDA and ERMC Jv

Annex 2: Project Alignment and Components


BDA and ERMC Jv


BDA and ERMC Jv


BDA and ERMC Jv


BDA and ERMC Jv

Annex 3: Geological Maps of Project Area


BDA and ERMC Jv


BDA and ERMC Jv


BDA and ERMC Jv


BDA and ERMC Jv

Annex 4: Water Quality Analysis Reports


BDA and ERMC Jv


BDA and ERMC Jv


BDA and ERMC Jv


BDA and ERMC Jv


BDA and ERMC Jv


BDA and ERMC Jv


BDA and ERMC Jv


BDA and ERMC Jv

Annex 5: Public Hearing/Consultations


BDA and ERMC Jv


BDA and ERMC Jv

Notice of Public Hearing


BDA and ERMC Jv

Minutes of Public Hearing


BDA and ERMC Jv


BDA and ERMC Jv


BDA and ERMC Jv

Listing of Suggestions and Comments received during Public Hearing (unofficial translation)

SN Participant’s Name Comment topic/comment 1 Harikrishna Pahari (Ward member

of Ward 6) Collaboration between road, electricity, water supply departments is needed

2 Environment can be even kept clean and beautiful after laying pipes by digging up to 50m span and then conducting finishing works before starting another digging works

3 To keep collaboration between every ward representatives will be required

4 Niran Maharjhan, Branch Manager (Pokhara)

New household developed area should be included within catchment area of this system

5 Nepal Water Supply Corporation There is lack of detailed database on technical details of the drainage alignments in this EIA report

6 Need of specific data on rainwater mixing with sewer line 7 Giri Raj Adhikari (Baidam),

Pokhara-6 There is concern of waste/sewerage mixing at Gaurighat

8 Construction of side drain should be carried out 9 Staring and ending time of the project should be committed

by the project proponent 10 Assurance have to be made for quality control. 11 Ran Bahadur Thapa, Ward

chairperson Pokhara Metropolitan ward 18

Environment related impacts should be made clear to the public

12 When will this project starts and implemented? 13 Fewa lake receives contaminated water from Seti 14 Water of Phirke khola is not safe. So how to manage that? 15 Bishnu Pd Parajuli, Ward

chairperson-23 To let know the related body/agency about pollution of Phewa lake due to sand, pebbles, soil which are brought up to the lake during runoff by Harpan khola and seasonal stream.

16 Shishir Pahari, Baidam-6 Sound pollution generated from treatment centre and pumping station needed to be controlled.

17 While constructing sewer line if physical infrastructures has to be demolished then it should be done in consultation with local representatives

18 Management should be done to stop soil, pebbles and other materials into the lake that will be generated while constructing secondary canal nearby Phewa lake

19 Ganesh Dhakal, 9846027716 Concern about how the flow will pass as level difference of Gaira-ko-chautara and Phewa dam is significant

20 It must be thought about how much area/distance needed to be left away from Phewa while laying two pipes as the standard is to leave 65 m

21 Lakeside is in ward 6. Here, not only lake but number of hotels and business entities are located. So the Plan should include the area of Baidam Jarewar to ward office up to revenue office


BDA and ERMC Jv

SN Participant’s Name Comment topic/comment 22 It has to be clear if just wastewater of septic tank or waste of

septic tank can be kept in sewer system 23 Baikuntha Bhandari, Ward

Member-17 Phewa Lake is polluted and wards 2-9 and 17 are also polluted. Among them, ward 17 has been noticed to be mostly polluted.

24 Similarly, the slope of Phusre khola and bank of Seti river are also polluted

25 The pollution of Bulaudi and Phirke khola and from pollution through other pipes during runoff has been impacting wards 6 and 17


BDA and ERMC Jv

Focus Group Discussion


BDA and ERMC Jv


BDA and ERMC Jv

Annex 6: Recommendation Letter from Municipality


BDA and ERMC Jv


BDA and ERMC Jv


BDA and ERMC Jv


BDA and ERMC Jv

Annex 7: Environmental Study Checklists, & List of Flora and Fauna


BDA and ERMC Jv


BDA and ERMC Jv

List of Flora in and around the Project Area

SN Local Name Scientific Name Remarks Tree Species

1 Utis Alnus nepalensis 2 Angeri Lyoniao valifolia 3 Padke Albizzia chinensis 4 Chilaune Schima wallichii 5 Khair Acacia catechu 6 Simal Bombax ceiba 7 Lalupate Euphorbia pulcherrima 8 Bar Ficus benghalensis 9 Peepal Ficus religiosa

10 Orange Citrus sinensis 11 Bamboo Bambusa vulgaris 12 Katus Castanopsis indica 13 Bel Aegle marmelos 14 Sal Shorea robusta 15 Neem Azidarachta indica

Shrubs

1 Ghangaru Pyracantha crenulata 2 Ainselu Rubuss elliptus 3 Guldung Viburnam nervosum 4 Chutro Berberis ariastata 5 BokeTimbur Zanthoxylum armatum 6 Lokta Daphne voluba 7 Sisnoo Urtu cadioica 8 Kafal Myrica esculanta 9 Chiuri Madhuca butyracea

10 Asuro Adhatoda vasica 11 Dhaturo Datura stramonium 12 Palans Butea monosperma 13 Amala Emblica officinalis


BDA and ERMC Jv

List of Fauna, Birds and Fishes in and around the Project Area SN Local Name Scientific Name Remarks

Fauna 1 Ban Biralo Felix chaus 2 Bhalu Ursus thibetanus 3 Chari Bagh Prionailurus bengalensis 4 Chituwa Panthera pardus 5 Dumsi Erethizon dorsatum 6 Musa Rattus rattus 7 Nyauri Herpestised wardsi 8 Rato-Bandar Macaca mulata 9 Ratuwa mirga Muntiacus muntjak

10 Seto Bandar-langur Presbytis entellus 11 Syal Canis aureus 12 Assamese Monkey Macaca assamensis 13 Small Asian Mongoose Herpestes javanicus 14 Indian Hare Lepus nigricollis 15 Greater Woolly Horseshoe Bat Rhinoloplus luctus

Birds 1 Bakulla Bubulcus ibis 2 Ban Kukhura Gallus gallus 3 Bhangera Passer domesticus 4 Bhyakura Turdoides spp. 5 Chil Aquila heliacal 6 Dhukur Streptopelia chinensis 7 Gaunthali Apusaffinis 8 Giddha Gyps bengalensis 9 Jureli Pycnotus cafer

10 Kaag Corvus brachyrhynchos 11 Kalchauda Myophonus caeruleus 12 Kalij Lophuraleu comelanos 13 Koili Cuculus canorus 14 Lahache Picoides spp. 15 Lampuchre Urocissaerythro rhyncha 16 Suga Psittaculacya nocephala

Fishes 1 Asala Schizothoraichthy progastus 2 Baduna Garra gotyla gotyla 3 Katle Neolissochilus hexagonolepis 4 Kabre Pseudecheneis serracula


BDA and ERMC Jv

Tree volume study of the trees noted in the project construction sites

Location Tree Species Local name No. dbh (cm) H (m) a b c a+b(LnDBH)+c(LnH) V (m3)/tree

Treatment Plant Site

Dalbergia Sisoo Sisau 1 31.9 7.5 -2.1959 1.6567 0.9899 5.535151876 0.25344628

Sapium insigne Khirro 1 13.6 4 -2.3204 1.8507 0.8223 3.650006019 0.0384749


Sapium insigne Khirro 1 21 3 -2.3204 1.8507 0.8223 4.21748656 0.0678627







Bombax ceiba Simal 1 30.7 11 -2.3865 1.7414 1.0063 5.989513 0.39922014


Bombax ceiba Simal 1 80 15 -2.3865 1.7414 1.0063 7.969472099 2.89133062

Bombax ceiba Simal 1 32 8 -2.3865 1.7414 1.0063 5.741274525 0.31146112


Bambusa species Bans 30 6 12 -2.3865 1.7414 1.0063 3.234231501 0.02538685

Miteri Park

Dalbergia Sisoo Sisau 1 55.8 20 -2.1959 1.6567 0.9899 7.432448147 1.68993973






BDA and ERMC Jv

Location Tree Species Local name No. dbh (cm) H (m) a b c a+b(LnDBH)+c(LnH) V (m3)/tree

Pumping Site

Grevillea robusta Kangiyo rukh 1 29.1 13 -2.3865 1.7414 1.0063 6.064411995 0.4302696




Ornamental tree Sirish ko phul 1 19 10 -2.3865 1.7414 1.0063 5.058037417 0.15728154

Melia azedarach Bakaino 1 9.45 8 -2.3865 1.7414 1.0063 3.617252094 0.03723511

Melia azedarach Bakaino 1 18.6 10 -2.3865 1.7414 1.0063 5.020984956 0.15156051

Morus bombycis Kimbu 1 7.7 2 -2.3865 1.7414 1.0063 1.865595088 0.00645978

Ficus religiosa pipal 1 9.7 3 -2.3865 1.7414 1.0063 2.675713563 0.01452271

Mangifera indica Mango 1 63 9 -2.3865 1.7414 1.0063 7.039421905 1.14072797

Schefflera venulosa Kursimllo 1 84.9 6 -2.3865 1.7414 1.0063 7.15093054 1.27529211

Elaeocarpus sphaericus Rudrakshya 1 80.8 10 -2.3865 1.7414 1.0063 7.578780067 1.95624103

Elaeocarpus sphaericus Rudrakshya 1 84.9 10 -2.3865 1.7414 1.0063 7.664974365 2.13233812

Bambusa species Bans 50 6 12 -2.3865 1.7414 1.0063 3.234231501 0.02538685


BDA and ERMC Jv

CHECKLIST OF WILDLIFE ANIMALS (Mammals)

Date:

Name of Respondent: ………………………………………….......... Sex: ………………… Age: …………….Yrs Institution: ………………………………………… Position: …………………….. Address: ………………………………………………. ID Number:

SN Mammal Frequency

Remarks Regular Rare Note:……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………...


BDA and ERMC Jv

Date: CHECKLIST OF (Reptiles)

ID Number:

SN Reptile Frequency

Remarks Regular Rare

Note:……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………...


BDA and ERMC Jv

Date: CHECKLIST OF (Birds) ID Number:

SN Birds Frequency

Remarks Regular Rare

Note:……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………...


BDA and ERMC Jv

Biological Checklist • TREE INVENTORY FORM

SN Name of Plant DBH (cm) DBH (m) Height (m) Remarks

Note:……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………...

Date: Plot No: Location: GPS No.: Lat: Long: Altitude: Aspect: Name of Forest: Forest type: Crown Coverage (%): Forest Condition: Side: Type of the forest: Community/Leasehold/Private/Religious/Government Managed


BDA and ERMC Jv

• SHRUB INVENTORY FORM

SN Name of Plant Height(m) Coverage (%) Remarks

Note:……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………...



BDA and ERMC Jv

• Herb Inventory Form

SN Name of Plant Number Coverage (%) Remarks

Note:……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………...



BDA and ERMC Jv

Date: CHECKLIST OF PLANT RESOURCES

Name of Respondent: ………………………………………….......... Sex: ………………… Age: …………….Yrs Institution: ………………………………………… Position: …………………….. Address: ……………………………………………….

SN

Name of plants

Uses Others Fuel-wood Fodder Medicine

Note:……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………...


BDA and ERMC Jv


BDA and ERMC Jv

Annex 8: Questionnaire & Sample of filled ones


BDA and ERMC Jv


BDA and ERMC Jv

Questionnaire

Phewa Lake Waste Water Management Project 3/w'/L ;j]{If0f k|ZgfjnL

lhNnf==================== g=kf= ================= j8f g+======= 6f]n ============ 3/ g+= ========== cGt/jftf{ ldlt M ==================

;fdflhs–cfly{s ljj/0f -pko'Qm sf]7fdf -√_ of] lrGx nufpg' xf];\_

! cGt/jftf{ lbg]sf] gfd÷y/ M ========================= @ 3/d'lnsf] gfd ====================== hflt====================== # o; kl/jf/sf ;b:ox?sf] ljj/0f lbg';\

qm=;+= gfd÷ 3/d'lnl;tsf] gftf pd]/ lnË lzIff :t/ k]zf ! @ # $ % ^ & *

Gff]6M lnË M !_ k'?if @_dlxnf #_t]>f] lnËL

k]zf M !_ s[lif @_ Jofkf/ #_ gf]s/L $+_ pBf]uwGbf %_ /]ld6]G; -a}b]lzs /f]huf/_ ^_ Hofnf &_k]zfut ljz]if¡f *_ ljBfyL{ (_ l/6fo/ !)_ u[lxgL !!_ a]/f]huf/÷sfdsf] vf]hL !@_ cGo

lzIff M != lg/If/ @= ;fIf/ #= k|fylds;Dd $= P;=O=O= plt0f{ %= OG6/ldl8P6 tx ^= :gfts

&= :gftsf]Q/ *= ;f] eGbf dfly (= cGo pNn]v ug'{;============================================ $ kl/jf/ ;b:osf jf/]df cltl/Qm hfgsf/LM

Psn dlxnf 3/d'ln xf] – – xf]Og zfl/l/s ?kdf czSttf ePsf kl/jf/ ;b:o ;+VofM kl/jf/df Psn dlxnf ;b:o M a"9fa"9L÷czSt ;b:o= afnaflnsf ;Vof=

% o; kl/jf/df a:g] cGo ;b:ox? -sfdug]{, 8]/fjfn_sf] s'n ;+Vof obL s'g] xf]6n, k;n jf Jofj;fo ;+rfng 5 eg] ;f] sf] ljj/0fM ==================================================================================================================== ==================================================================================================================== ^ tkfO{+sf] kl/jf/sf] cfDbfgLsf] d'Vo @ ;|f]tx? s]–s] x'g\ < & olb o; kl/jf/sf] d'Vo k]zf s[lif xf] eg] jif{sf] slt dlxgf vfg k'U5< dlxgf

* o; kl/jf/sf] -s_ cGbfhL dfl;s vr{ -vfgf, s[lifsfo{, ef8f÷dxz'n, ;jf/L, dd{t ;Def/, pkrf/, ;fdflhs Jojxf/_ ?= -v_ cGbfhL dfl;s cfo -s[lif, gf]s/L, Aofkf/ cflb ljljw ;|f]taf6_ ?=


BDA and ERMC Jv

( 3/sf] cjnf]sg u/L 3/sf] lsl;d n]Vg] . !_kSsL @_cw{ kSsL #_ sRrL (kSsL M 5t 9nfg, cw{ kSsL M 9'Ëf÷O§fsf] ufx|f], 6Lg ÷9'Ëf÷:n]6,lemu6L÷6fon sf] 5fgf cflb, sRrL M df6f] ufx|f] /

v/÷6fonn] 5fPsf]_ 3/sf] cjnf]sg u/L 3/sf] tnf n]Vg] . !_ Ps tnf @_ b'O tnf #_ ltg tnf jf ;f] eGbf dfly

!) o; kl/jf/sf] hUuf hdLg slt 5 < !! tkfO ;+u ;jf/L ;fwg s] s] 5g <

!_ sf/ @_ df]6/ ;fOsn #_ ;fOsn $_ a;÷›s %_ cGo=========================== !@ 3/df vfg]kfgLsf nflu lghL wf/f 5 ls ;fj{hlgs wf/faf6 kfgL lng' x'G5 < lghL ;fj{hlgs !# 3/sf] rkL{sf] ;]lK6s 6\ofÍ 5 ls 5}g < 5 5}g !$ tkfO{+sf] 3/df b}lgs kfgLsf] vkt slt hlt x'G5 < !)) ln= eGbf sd !)) ln= b]lv %)) ln= ;Dd !)) ln= b]lv %)) ln= ;Dd !))) ln= eGbf a9L !% ;]lK6s 6\ofÍ 5 eg] slt ;dodf ;kmf ug{'k/]sf] 5 <

!_ @ – # jif{ @_ # – % jif{ #_ % jif{ eGbf a9L !^ 3/sf] rkL{sf] ;]lK6s 6\ofÍ 5}g eg] 9n s;/L jflx/ lgisfzg ul/G5 <

!_ v'Nnf 9ndf ldl;Psf] @_ vf]nf gfnfdf ldl;Psf] #_ hfgsf/L gePsf] !& 3/sf] rkL{sf] 9n Joj:yfkgsf nflu xfn ;Dd slt hlt /sd vr{ ul/ ;Sg' ePsf] 5 !* 3/sf] rkL{sf] 9n Joj:yfkgsf nflu s]xL ;'emfj 5 eg] s[kof ;'emfj lbg'xf]nf .

=============================================================================================================================================================== ========================================================================================================================================


BDA and ERMC Jv

Sample filled forms


BDA and ERMC Jv


BDA and ERMC Jv


BDA and ERMC Jv


BDA and ERMC Jv


BDA and ERMC Jv


BDA and ERMC Jv


BDA and ERMC Jv

Annex 9: Spoil Management Plan (framework)


BDA and ERMC Jv


BDA and ERMC Jv

Spoil Management Plan (SMP) Purpose and application: SMP is to describe how PLWWMP will manage the spoil generated and reuse related to design and construction works. This is an integral part of EMP. The objective of SMP is to reuse of spoil from works in accordance with the spoil management hierarchy outlined in this document. Objectives of SMP: The objectives of SMP are: To minimize spoil generation where possible Maximize beneficial reuse of spoil from construction works in accordance with spoil

management hierarchy Mange onsite spoil handling to minimize environmental impacts on resident and other receivers Minimize any further site contamination of land, water, soil Manage the transportation of spoil with consideration of traffic impacts and transport related

emissions Structure of SMP: Section 1: Introduction of SMP Section 2: Legal and other requirements Section 3: Roles and responsibilities Section 4: Identification and assessment of spoil aspects and impacts Section 5: Spoil volumes, characteristics and minimization Section 6: Spoil reuses opportunities, identification and assessment Section 7: On site spoil management approach Section 8: Spoil transportation methodology Section 9: Monitoring, Reporting, Review, and Improvements Aspects and Potential Impacts The key aspects of potential impacts in relation to SMP are listed in table below; Aspects Potential Impacts Air Quality Potential for high winds generating airborne dust from the stock

piles Sedimentation Potential for sediment laden site runoff from spoil stockpiles

and potential for spillage of spoil from truck on roads Surface and Groundwater Contamination of water (surface and ground water) Noise Associated with spoil handling and haulage and storage Traffic Impacts associated with spoil haulage Land Use Potential for spoil to be transported to a receivable site that

doesn’t have permission for storage/disposal Design specifications Limitations on opportunities to minimize spoil generation Sustainability Limited sites for storage, reuse opportunities


BDA and ERMC Jv

Spoil volumes, Characteristics and Minimization Spoil volume calculations: Estimate the volumes of spoils produced from each of the construction sites. Characterization of spoil: Based on the type of spoil; characterization is done (sand stone, MWSS mix materials, reusable materials Adopt Spoil Reduce, Reuse Opportunities An overview of the assessment methodology to be used is mentioned below. Consideration of likely spoil characteristics Identification of possible reuse sites Screening of possible reuse opportunities

Identification of possible safe disposal sites for spoil: Those spoils which can’t be reuse shall be properly disposed in designated areas, such disposal areas should be identified in project locations. Such disposal areas should be safe from environmental aspects and there should be any legal and resettlement related issues. Such areas need to be identified and prior cliental approval should be obtained to use it as spoil disposal area. The local administration must be consulted and if required permission should be obtained from them. Storage and stock piling Transportation and haulage route Based on the above, the contractor will prepare a SMP as an integral part of EMP and submit it to the DSMC for their review and approval. SUMMARY OF KEY ISSUES AND REMEDIAL ACTIONS Summary of follow up time-bound actions to be taken within a set timeframe.

Appendixes Photos Summary of consultations Copies of environmental clearances and permits Sample of environmental site inspection Report Others


BDA and ERMC Jv

Annex 10: Traffic Management Plan (Sample)


BDA and ERMC Jv


BDA and ERMC Jv

SAMPLE: TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT PLAN (TMP) A. Principles One of the prime objectives of this TMP is to ensure the safety of all the road users along the work zone, and to address the following issues: the safety of pedestrians, bicyclists, and motorists travelling through the construction zone; protection of work crews from hazards associated with moving traffic; mitigation of the adverse impact on road capacity and delays to the road users; maintenance of access to adjoining properties Avoid hazards in addressing issues that may delay the project.

B. Operating Policies for TMP The following principles will help promote safe and efficient movement for all road users (motorists, bicyclists, and pedestrians, including persons with disabilities) through and around work zones while reasonably protecting workers and equipment. Make traffic safety and temporary traffic control an integral and high-priority element of every

project from planning through design, construction, and maintenance. Inhibit traffic movement as little as possible. Provide clear and positive guidance to drivers, bicyclists, and pedestrians as they approach and

travel through the temporary traffic control zone. Inspect traffic control elements routinely, both day and night, and make modifications when

necessary. Pay increased attention to roadside safety in the vicinity of temporary traffic control zones. Train all persons that select, place, and maintain temporary traffic control devices. Keep the public well informed. Make appropriate accommodation for abutting property owners, residents, businesses, emergency

services, railroads, commercial vehicles, and transit operations. C. Analyze the impact due to street closure Apart from the capacity analysis, a final decision to close a particular street and divert the traffic should involve the following steps: approval from the assigned engineer, local administration to use the local streets as detours; consultation with businesses, community members, traffic police, etc, regarding the mitigation

measures necessary at the detours where the road is diverted during the construction; determining of the maximum number of days allowed for road closure, and incorporation of such

provisions into the contract documents; determining if additional traffic control or temporary improvements are needed along the detour

route; considering how access will be provided to the worksite;


BDA and ERMC Jv

contacting emergency service, school officials, and transit authorities to determine if there are impacts to their operations; and

developing a notification program to the public so that the closure is not a surprise. As part of this program, the public should be advised of alternate routes that commuters can take or will have to take as result of the traffic diversion.

If full road-closure of certain streets within the area is not feasible due to inadequate capacity of the Detour Street or public opposition, the full closure can be restricted to weekends with the construction commencing on Saturday night and ending on Monday morning prior to the morning peak period.

Policy Steps for the TMP D. Public awareness and notifications As per discussions in the previous sections, there will be travel delays during the constructions, as is the case with most construction projects, albeit on a reduced scale if utilities and traffic management are properly coordinated. There are additional grounds for travel delays in the area, as most of the streets lack sufficient capacity to accommodate additional traffic from diverted traffic as a result of street closures to accommodate the works.


BDA and ERMC Jv

The awareness campaign and the prior notification for the public will be a continuous activity which the project will carry out to compensate for the above delays and minimize public claims as result of these problems. These activities will take place sufficiently in advance of the time when the roadblocks or traffic diversions take place at the particular streets. The reason for this is to allow sufficient time for the public and residents to understand the changes to their travel plans. The project will notify the public about the roadblocks and traffic diversion through public notices, ward level meetings and city level meeting with the elected representatives. The ICG will also conduct an awareness campaign to educate the public about the following issues: traffic control devices in place at the work zones (signs, traffic cones, barriers, etc.); defensive driving behavior along the work zones; and reduced speeds enforced at the work zones and traffic diversions.

It may be necessary to conduct the awareness programs/campaigns on road safety during construction. The campaign will cater to all types of target groups i.e. children, adults, and drivers. Therefore, these campaigns will be conducted in schools and community centers. In addition, the project will publish a brochure for public information. These brochures will be widely circulated around the area and will also be available with the engineer, and the contractor's site office. The text of the brochure should be concise to be effective, with a lot of graphics. It will serve the following purpose: Explain why the brochure was prepared, along with a brief description of the project; Advise the public to expect the unexpected; Educate the public about the various traffic control devices and safety measures adopted at the

work zones; Educate the public about the safe road user behavior to emulate at the work zones; Tell the public how to stay informed or where to inquire about road safety issues at the work

zones (name, telephone, mobile number of the contact person; and Indicate the office hours of relevant offices.

E. Vehicle Maintenance and Safety A vehicle maintenance and safety program shall be implemented by the construction contractor. The contractor should ensure that all the vehicles are in proper running condition and it comply with roadworthy and meet certification standards of GoN. All vehicles to be used at PLWWMP shall be in perfect condition meeting pollution standards of GoN. The vehicle operator requires a pre state of shift checklist. Additional safety precautions will include the requirement for: Driver will follow the special code of conduct and road safety rules of Government of Nepal. Drivers to ensure that all loads are covered and secured drivers to ensure operation equipment

can’t leak materials hauled Vehicles will be cleaned and maintained in designed places.


BDA and ERMC Jv

F. Install traffic control devices at the work zones and traffic diversion routes The purpose of installing traffic control devices at the work zones is to delineate these areas to warn, inform, and direct the road users about a hazard ahead, and to protect them as well as the workers. As proper delineation is a key to achieve the above objective, it is important to install good traffic signs at the work zones. The following traffic control devices are used in work zones: Signs Pavement Markings Channelizing Devices Arrow Panels Warning Lights

Procedures for installing traffic control devices at any work zone vary, depending on road configuration, location of the work, construction activity, duration, traffic speed and volume, and pedestrian traffic. Work will take place along major roads, and the minor internal roads. As such, the traffic volume and road geometry vary. The main roads carry considerable traffic; internal roads in the new city areas are wide but in old city roads very narrow and carry considerable traffic. However, regardless of where the construction takes place, all the work zones should be cordoned off, and traffic shifted away at least with traffic cones, barricades, and temporary signs (temporary “STOP” and “GO”). The work zone should take into consideration the space required for a buffer zone between the workers and the traffic (lateral and longitudinal) and the transition space required for delineation, as applicable. For the works, a 30 cm clearance between the traffic and the temporary STOP and GO signs should be provided. In addition, at least 60 cm is necessary to install the temporary traffic signs and cones. Traffic police should regulate traffic away from the work zone and enforce the traffic diversion result from full street closure in certain areas during construction. Flaggers/ personnel should be equipped with reflective jackets at all times and have traffic control batons (preferably the LED type) for regulating the traffic during night time. In addition to the delineation devices, all the construction workers should wear fluorescent safety vests and helmets in order to be visible to the motorists at all times. There should be provision for lighting beacons and illumination for night constructions. The supervision engineer and the contractor will coordinate with the local administration and traffic police regarding the traffic signs, detour, and any other matters related to traffic. The contractor will prepare the traffic management plan in detail and submit it along with the EMP for the final approval.


BDA and ERMC Jv

Annex 11: OHS Plan (framework)


BDA and ERMC Jv


BDA and ERMC Jv

OHS Plan (Framework) Chapter 1: Common Understanding for the Project Teams The Occupational Health and Safety Plan (OHS Plan), has to be prepared in accordance with specific contract clause of the Technical Specification of the Contracts of Phewa Lake Waste Water Treatment Project. The OHS Plan should detail the principles, objectives and procedures for mobilisation, construction activities and demobilisation to be carried out in a professional manner, minimising all health and safety impact to employees and the public. The OHS Plan should contain the following:

Occupational Health and Safety needs to be detailed. Provision will be made to identify hazards, assess the associated risks and implement appropriate control measures. All project employees will be given tasks within their skill, knowledge and ability to perform. Additional training will be given to equip all employees with the necessary skills to safely and adequately perform their work tasks. Regular first aid and safety training to all levels of staff will be used to promote health and safety culture and awareness. There will be clinic facilities at all sites to deal with accidents, emergencies, health screening and community health. Safe Working Procedures to be detailed for different activities in relation to specific site conditions and nature of the work.

Chapter 2: Occupational Health and Safety 2.1 Health and Safety Policy and Standards 2.2 Duties and Responsibilities related to OHS 2.2.1 General Duties 2.2.2 Specific Duties The roles and responsibilities of the Contractor, the Employees, and the Project Management Team is to be described in detail. Establishment of an Environment, Health and Safety Unit (EHS Unit) should be discussed along with its roles and responsibilities. 2.3 Risk Assessment, Control and Measures

2.3.1 Mechanism of Risk Assessment 2.3.2 Control measures


BDA and ERMC Jv

2.3.3 Mitigation Measures The assessment of risks, and measures to control or mitigate the risks should be focused on health, hygiene and safety of the workers in all the fronts. The best way to reduce accidents is to identify unsafe situations or practices, in order that steps can be taken to correct and control hazardous conditions before anyone gets injured or equipment is damaged. This should be part of each employee's safety awareness and training. Each employee has a duty to inform the management of such hazardous situations and practices so that adequate control can be implemented. Provisions of Personal Protective Equipments (PPEs), First Aid provisions, Clinical Health Services, Fire safety, Visitors’ safety, Safe driving, Sanitation, drug protocols and Environmental Protection should all be detailed along with any other pertinent site specific issues. 2.4 Capacity building Employees should be aware of the risk involved in working at hazardous areas. Employees will be given sufficient information about Health and Safety policy on starting employment and updates as appropriate. The details concerning Safety Training including curriculum, trainees and timeframe should be planned in the OHS Plan document. 2.5 Reporting All accidents must be reported to the Site Incharge, Project Manager etc and an Accident Report Form should be developed to be filled in within 12 hours after the accident. Accident shall be reported to the Engineer and Employer in accordance with Condition of the Contract. Where the accident results in material damage, a report must be prepared noting the cause and action to be taken. The Administration Officer must be informed as quickly as possible to follow up insurance claims, if applicable. Inspections of equipment should be regular, systematic and carried out by a competent employee. Safety statistical report will need to be provided to the engineer when he performs the OHS Inspection. All details of training and site inspections will need to be reported monthly. Reporting formats, and line of reporting should be agreed upon, and defined before the project construction phase starts.


BDA and ERMC Jv

Occupatinal, Health and Safety Unit

(Manager)

Sanitation, Hygiene and Environmental Unit Safety Unit

Clinic In-Charge Environment Officer

Treatment Plant Campsite

Pumping Station Unit

Figure A: Framework for OHS Structure


BDA and ERMC Jv

Chapter 3: OHS Procedures The operational and procedural aspects should be detailed in plan. These procedures should be followed by the trainers, workers and visitors/observers.

3.1 Staff Training Procedure 3.2 Risk Assessment and Field Inspection Procedure 3.3 Accident Reporting Procedure

3.4 Manuals for use of PPEs 3.5 Health & Hygiene Procedures 3.5 WASH Procedures 3.6 Fire Prevention and handling procedures 3.7 First Aid and Clinical Service Procedures 3.8 Safe Driving Procedures 3.9 Health Screening 3.10 Rules of Reporting, its steps, mechanism and line of reporting 3.12 Workshop Operations 3.11 Emergency Handling Procedures 3.12 Work-site Safety Procedures


BDA and ERMC Jv

Annex 12: Declaration Sheets of EIA Study Team Members


BDA and ERMC Jv


BDA and ERMC Jv


BDA and ERMC Jv


BDA and ERMC Jv


BDA and ERMC Jv

Annex 13: Photographs


BDA and ERMC Jv


BDA and ERMC Jv

Photo 2: Existing Grit Chamber at Phewa Lake

Photo 1: Pollution in the Phewa Lake


BDA and ERMC Jv

Photo 4: Observation of high sedimentation load during rainy season

Photo 3: Observation of existing situation along the banks of Phewa Lake


BDA and ERMC Jv

Photo 6: Public participation during the Public Hearing progamme

Photo 5: EIA team presenting during the Public Hearing programme; September 2018


BDA and ERMC Jv

Annex 14: Comment Incorporation Matrix


BDA and ERMC Jv


BDA and ERMC Jv

Annex 14: Comments Incorporation Matrix

Letter for Incorporation of comments from EIA review meeting in MoWS


BDA and ERMC Jv

(Based on comments on EIA Report provided during presentation in MoWS on 14th November 2019)

SN Comments by MoFE (Jwala Shrestha, Head - EA Section)

Response/Updates

1 Cover Page - Remove ‘study report’ - Mention name of project district

and province - Update date

The changes and updates have been made as per

2 Corrections in grammar of Nepalese language typing

The corrections have been made (Page i to Page vi)

3 Threshold text to me mentioned under jftfj/0fLo cWoogsf] ;fGble{stf / cf}lrTotf in executive summary in Nepalese language

This has been mentioned as per in 3rd paragraph of page ii under executive summary in Nepalese language

4 To mention Schedule 1 and 2 under “Scoping” section of the Executive summary in Nepalese language

Schedule 1 & 2 have been mentioned as per; page iii

5 To mention about public hearing, and receiving of recommendation letter in the Executive summary in Nepalese language

These have been mentioned under sub-heading jftfj/0fLo k|efj d"NofÍg sf] nflu :ynut ;j]{If0f / cWoog -in paragraph 3 of page iii_

6 To mention details of public hearing under section ;/f]sf/jfnfx?;Fusf] cGt/ls|of÷;fj{hlgs ;'g'jfO{ in the Executive summary in Nepalese language

The details have been added in 2nd paragraph; page v

7 To remove ;'emfj /Recommendation in the Conclusion section of the executive summary/report

Term ‘Recommendation’ has been removed

8 To mention aquatic flora and fauna under ‘Biological component’ of executive summary

It has been added (Page ix, x) of Executive Summary

9 In Salient Features, need to clarify Study Level

It has been described as Detailed Engineering Design (Table 3, Page 9)

10 Provide a table of land requirement categorizing into Temporary/Permanent, and GoN/Private

This has been provided in Table 7; page 24

11 Whether the proposed project needs to acquire forest land or not? Mention clearly in this section.

There is no need of acquiring forest land, and this has been mentioned in sub-section 3.7.1, Page 24

12 Mention about air quality, and how noise levels have been measured

This has been explained under the heading ‘ Water quality, air quality and noise levels’ under sub-section 4.3.1; Page 28

13 Better to specify what kind of data were This has been specified in sub-section


BDA and ERMC Jv

collected by using different tools and methods

4.3.3; page 30/31

14 Restructure the sub-section 4.9, and mention about recommendation letter

The sub-section has been revised, and re-written under sub-section 4.7; and receiving of recommendation letter has been mentioned; page 34

15 To mention about the study of seismic aspects in methodology as well

This has been added in sub-section 4.3.1; page 27

16 To mention about the date of survey in table 13

This has been mentioned; page 45

17 How is information of ACA related to this project? Sub-section 5.2.3

The information has been removed

18 Update with latest data of tourism in sub-section 5.2.5.1

This has been updated in table 24; page 53

19 There is contradiction of data of spoil generation in page 61; table 28

This has been corrected; page 62

20 Unit missing in table 29 Unit of noise level as been added; page 62 21 Give the details of plants that need to be

cut in sub-section 6.2.1.2 The details have been added in the sub-section (renumbered as 6.2.2.2-a); pages 63-64; and also in Table 13

22 Mention total land needed in sub-section 6.2.1.4; heading ‘h’

This has been added in page 67; it was given also in sub-section 3.7.1; page 24

23 Need to specify location of spoil tip area, and mention about its structure. Also mention about leakage or flow of spoil.

This has been discussed in sub-section 8.2.2.1 (c); page 79

24 Mention details about plantation aspects in sub-section 8.2.2.2 (a)

This has been elaborated; page 80

25 Add about drinking water, and toilet facility under OHS aspects; 8.2.2.4 (a)

The provisions of drinking water and toilets have been added; page 81

26 Mention the location of labour camp This has been mentioned in sub-section 6.2.2.1 (c); page 61-62

27 Correction in row II:B (a) of table 35 The correction has been made; page 89

28 Mention what will be done after drying of sludge in row III-3 of table 35

The explanation has been added; page 93

29 Mention all Nepali legislation in BS year, & English legislation in AD in Chapter 10

The years have been corrected as per

30 Add/review 15th Plan (Approach Paper), National Environment Policy 2076, National Wetland Policy 2069, National Climate Change Policy 2076, National Land Policy 2075, Environment Protection Act 2076, Forest Act 2076, in Chapter 10

The relevant policies have been reviewed; pages 94 to 101

31 Add MoFE and MoWS in responsible agency in Chapter 11 of Environmental Monitoring and Auditing

This has been incorporated in sub-section 11.1; page 109


BDA and ERMC Jv

SN Comments from Sociologist, MoUD Response/Updates 1 To remove Recommendation word from

executive summary

This has been incorporated; page vi and xii

2 Mention about review scoping and ToR in sub-section 4.1 of methodology chapter

This has been added in the section; page 26

3 Add about preparation of data collection tools in sub-section 4.2

Sub-section 4.2 has been rewritten; page 26

4 To elaborate on commonly used methods in sub-section 4.5

The methods have been discussed in sub-section 4.5; page 32

5 Add about public hearing in sub-section 4.9

This has been discussed in sub-section 4.7; page 34

6 Restructure the title of table 14 under sub-section 5.3.1 (a)

This has been addressed; Table 15; page 48

7 Clearly mention on data source in sub-section 5.3.2

This has been addressed in sub-section 5.3.2; page 51

8 Clarify on the basis of recommending 15% women employment in sub-section 8.2.1.4 (g)

This has been explained in sub-section 8.2.2.4 (g); page 83

9 Re-arrange series of ‘Activities’ and ‘Impacts’ in the heading of Table 43

This has been corrected in Table 43; page 110


BDA and ERMC Jv

SN Comments by Expert (Environmental Engineer,

BhaiRaja Manandhar)

Response/Updates

1 Is it an up-gradation project as mentioned in section 3.7.3?

This is a new project, and the correction has been made; page 24

2 It’s not clear whether the flows given in Table 1 are mean annual flows or else.

This has been clearly mentioned as liters/second in the table; page 4

3 As shown in Table 4, the reason for non provision of pumping unit between S. N. 7 and S. N. 8 is unclear.

This has been mentioned in S.N. 5 of the table

4 Is quarry site a temporary construction facility?

The project will not operate its own quarry site. This has been mentioned under the heading ‘Other Aspects’ of sub-section 4.3.1; page 28

5 With the provision of a secondary level wastewater treatment plant in the proposed project, it’s not clear how the collected wastewater will be treated for removal of nutrients, which is actually the most critical pollutant in view of the excessive growth of aquatic plants in Phewa Lake, resulting in the current poor physical and aesthetic states of the Lake.

The explanation has been provided in sub-section 3.3.2; page 18 (last paragraph)

6 It’d be technically correct to use core area and surrounding area in place of DIA/DIZ and IIA/IIZ respectively. It’s because an indirect impact is the one induced by a direct impact, both of which might occur at the same site. An indirect impact doesn’t necessarily have to occur farther than its direct impact site.

This has been amended as per in sub-section 3.4 (page 21); and throughout the report

7 The list of project construction/operation activities given in section 3.8 seems incomplete. (e. g. construction activities such as transportation/storage of construction materials/machinery/parking of vehicles, storage/dispensing of fuel/chemicals, drilling and operation activity such as pumping seem to have been overlooked)

These have been added in sub-section 3.8; page 24 & 25

8 It’s confusing whether the project will operate its own quarry site or procure aggregates/sand from local market.

This has been clarified in under the heading ‘Other Aspects’ of sub-section 4.3.1; page 28

9 A project layout map showing all temporary construction facilities, including extra spoil disposal site and treated sludge

This has been provided in figure 1-a; page 6


BDA and ERMC Jv

disposal site, on it needs to be included as part of project description. Besides, description of all required temporary construction facilities should be presented as part of project description.

10 It’d be advisable to show the land-use pattern within the project core area as well.

This has been discussed under sub-section 5.1.4; page 37

11 How the demolition waste after dismantling of temporary facilities will be managed to ensure their environmentally safe final disposal needs to be explained.

This has been discussed in sub-section 8.2.2.1 (e); page 80

12 As the project cannot induce any seismic activity in the project area or Phewa watershed, baseline information on Seismicity (section 5.1.7, pg. 39) would be irrelevant and redundant.

This has been provided as per comments/suggestions provided during approval of Scoping/ToR documents of the EIA report

13 In reference to section 5.1.8, ensuring compliance of treated effluent with regulatory effluent standards throughout the service life of the project is more important than monitoring the water quality of Phusre Khola.

This has been mentioned sub-section 8.3.2; page 84, and also in table 35 (EMP); page 92

14 Though some measures to address impacts of wastes generated by workers’ camps have been indicated, more elaborate mitigation measures that would ensure environmentally safe final disposal of solid wastes and wastewater from the said camps during construction phase need to be given as well.

This has been elaborated in sub-section 8.2.2.1 (e); page 80

15 Whether the values of noise level measurement given in Table 10 are instantaneous or equivalent noise levels is not clear. Basis of comparison with permissible limits also needs to be clarified


16 Quantification of land use change within core area in section 6.2.1.1 would be highly desirable.

This has been given in sub-section 6.2.2.1; page 61

17 Mention of deterioration in air quality due to project related exhaust emissions as an adverse impact during operation phase doesn’t make much sense.

Correction has been made in sub-section 6.2.3.1; page 68

18 Prohibition of open burning of solid wastes and provision of cleaner fuel to workers’ camps for cooking would be additional appropriate measures to control air pollution.

This has been mentioned in sub-section 8.2.2.1 (d); page 79-80; and sub-section 8.2.2.4 (a); page 81


BDA and ERMC Jv

19 Mitigation measure/s to control noise due to pump operation during operation phase of the project is not clear.


20 Environmentally safe final disposal of extra water generated by sludge treatment has to be ensured as well.

This has been discussed in sub-section 8.3.2; page 84

21 Monitoring parameters selected for compliance monitoring both during construction and operation phases should be source oriented rather than sink oriented.

This has been discussed under sub-section 11.1 (ii); page 109

SN Comments from others representatives in the meeting of MoWS

Response/Updates

1 The source of auditing cost could be discussed in the report

This has been discussed in sub-section 11.2; ; page 128

2 The aspect of odour from treatment plant site during operation phase should be discussed in the report in details

This has been discussed in the report; sub-section 6.2.1.3 (page 60 & 61); and sub-section 8.3.1 (page 84)

3 Possible impacts on water bodies due to increased labour flow need to be discussed

This has been discussed in sub-section 6.2.2.1 (c); page 61 & 62

4 Mention sources of data in all the tables The data sources have been provided as per

5 It would be better to provide timeline of EIA study in tabular form

The EIA timeline has been provided in sub-section 4.9; page 35